Quarterlytics / Clinigen Group

Clinigen Group

clin.l · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker clin.l
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Clinigen Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
C

L

I

N

I

G

E

N

G

R

O

U

P

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

THE 
GLOBAL  
LIFECYCLE  
PARTNER

CLINIGEN GROUP PLC
Annual Report  
and Accounts 2018 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WHO WE ARE
CLINIGEN GROUP PLC IS A TRUSTED GLOBAL LEADER IN 
THE PHARMACEUTICAL AND SERVICES INDUSTRY, WITH 
A UNIQUE COMBINATION OF BUSINESSES FOCUSED ON 
PROVIDING ACCESS TO MEDICINES

Our mission is to deliver the right medicine to the right patient at the right 
time. Operating in three areas of global medicine access: clinical trial services, 
unlicensed medicines and commercial medicines

04
Q&A WITH OUR CEO

08
MARKET OVERVIEW

12
OUR BUSINESS MODEL

For more information  
visit our website 
www.clinigengroup.com

Contents

Overview
01  Financial highlights 
02   Company overview 
03   Investment case

Strategic report
04  Q&A with Clinigen CEO Shaun Chilton 
08   Market overview 
10   The product lifecycle
12   Our business model
14   Chief executive officer’s statement
18  Our track record and future aspirations
20  Our strategy
22  Key performance indicators 
24  Quantum’s developed products pipeline 
26  Extending global footprint 
28  Building scale through Cliniport 
30  Commercial medicines
34  Unlicensed medicines
36  Clinical trial services 
38  Financial review
42  Principal risks
46  Corporate social responsibility

Governance report
50  Board of directors
52   Chairman’s introduction to governance 
54   Corporate governance statement
58   Remuneration report
68   Report of the directors

Financial statements
Independent auditors’ report
71 
76  Consolidated income statement 
76  Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
77  Consolidated statement of 

financial position 

78  Consolidated statement of cash flows
79  Consolidated statement of changes 

in equity

80  Notes forming part of the consolidated 

financial statements
Independent auditors’ report

114 
117  Other required reporting
118  Company balance sheet
119  Company statement of changes in equity
120  Notes to the company balance sheet
IBC  Company information 

Q&A05OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201804OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018QCAN YOU GIVE A BRIEF OVERVIEW OF THE COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS OPERATIONS? HOW DO THEY ALL WORK TOGETHER?AClinigen’s mission is to deliver the Right Medicine, to the Right Patient at the Right Time. There are only three ways for a HCP to provide access to a specialist medicine: through a clinical trial, through prescribing a licensed, commercially available medicine, or via the unlicensed regulatory route and at Clinigen, we have a unique business that has three synergistic business operations – Clinical Trials Services; Unlicensed Medicines and Commercial Medicines to fulfil our mission.Clinigen operates a central operating platform that supports these three business operations with the fundamental components of what is a sophisticated and complex supply and distribution engine, including logistics, supply chain, customer services, quality, regulatory, finance, HR and legal. See pages 12 to 13 on the Group’s business model.QCAN YOU DESCRIBE CLINIGEN’S VALUE PROPOSITION?AAs the global leader in access to medicines, Clinigen is building a synergistic business that has the capability to provide added value to two key customers: –For physicians and pharmacists; we provide the most straightforward, compliant, safe and ethical way to obtain difficult to access, often unlicensed medicines.Q&A WITH CLINIGEN CEO, SHAUN CHILTON“ COMMUNICATION WITH THE INVESTMENT COMMUNITY IS INCREDIBLY IMPORTANT. IT NOT ONLY ALLOWS US TO COMMUNICATE THE GROUP’S PERFORMANCE AND STRATEGY, BUT ALSO PROVIDES AN OPPORTUNITY FOR ME TO LISTEN TO INVESTOR FEEDBACK AND CONCERNS DIRECTLY AND GAIN IMPORTANT FEEDBACK TO INFORM MY AND MY TEAM’S THINKING.”Clinigen CEO, Shaun Chilton discusses the Group’s performance in 2018 and addresses some common questions received from investors over the past year –For pharmaceutical and biotech companies; we are a long-term partner with the capability to expand and extend the life and value of a medicine and provide distribution services and solutions in complex regulatory situations.We operate in markets and geographies with long-term growth potential and underserved needs.QHOW WOULD YOU SUMMARISE THE YEAR THAT’S JUST GONE, IN TERMS OF ACHIEVEMENTS, BUT ALSO WHERE THINGS HAVE NOT GONE QUITE TO PLAN?AThis year has demonstrated the benefits of the Group’s portfolio of businesses. Overall, we have had another good year, combining a strong financial performance with excellent progress on delivering against the Group’s strategic objectives.Operationally, the areas where we have done well are in the Commercial Medicines business, particularly with our owned products, and in the Africa and Asia Pacific region overall where the performance was a standout.I am particularly pleased with the progress we have made strategically. We are starting to ‘join-the-dots’ more effectively between the three businesses, for example, the recent activity with companies such as Eisai and Bristol-Myers Squibb (‘BMS’) who are now working with Clinigen in multiple areas and multiple products. While organic growth always remains a priority, we will always look to make strategic acquisitions – in the year, we added Quantum which has extended our capabilities in Unlicensed Medicines and Commercial Medicines, whilst the acquisition of IMMC adds to our existing footprint in Japan and further supports our strategy to become the ‘go to’ global leader in ethical access to unlicensed medicines.An area which performed below expectation was CTS, particularly in the first half. However its performance strengthened in the second half and is better positioned for growth this year.QCTS HAD A WEAK FIRST HALF OF THE YEAR? WHAT HAVE YOU SEEN IN THE SECOND HALF THAT GIVES YOU CONFIDENCE IN ITS FUTURE PERFORMANCE AND WHAT STEPS ARE YOU TAKING TO STRENGTHEN FOR THE FUTURE?AWe decided to make a management change in March to not only address the performance of the business but also to better position it in the US and to drive the future development of the business globally. The business delivered a strong final quarter making the second half performance sequentially better than the first and leaving the business better positioned to drive growth and I think the management change will deliver further progress this year. The strategy with CTS remains unchanged, to extend the service offering and increase our capabilities in faster growing segments of the clinical trials space, particularly supporting the growth in IITs. The CTS market is still growing and there are opportunities for growth for us here.QWHAT IS THE OPPORTUNITY IN ‘ON-DEMAND’ ACCESS AND HOW CAN THE GROUP LEVERAGE ITS INFRASTRUCTURE TO GROW THIS BUSINESS FURTHER?AWe believe the immediately addressable market opportunity that exists in ‘on-demand’ 09OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS08OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018CLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018MARKET OVERVIEWMARKET DRIVERS –Portfolio rationalising by large pharmaceutical companies –Clients increasingly looking to rationalise territories and partner with regional specialists to manage the lifecycle of products –Increased pressure to have products available as licensed products by regulatory authorities, HCPs and patients –Capability to convert unlicensed medicines to licensed medicinesMARKET DRIVERS –Increased role of patient  advocacy groups –Clients increasingly requiring a global solution –Demand for Real World Data (‘RWD’) –Clients increasingly wanting a partner to manage supply and distribution beyond early accessMARKET DRIVERS –Growth in IITs –Efficacy to be shown against  latest marketed product –Clients increasingly require  more complex solutions –Speed to market launch is becoming a priorityClinigen has a unique combination of businesses providing access to medicines across clinical trials, unlicensed and commercial/licensed medicines – the key stages of a pharmaceutical product’s lifecycle. The Group has broad and well-established relationships with both pharmaceutical companies, which increasingly require a trusted partner to facilitate supply and distribution of medicines to patients, and HCPs, who require assistance in accessing the medicines they need. We do this through a combination of a global reach and local knowledge.There are several key macro market trends which impact the Group’s business operations and the ability to provide access to medicines. Some of the more common macro market trends are discussed in this Market Overview.MACRO MARKET TRENDSMICRO MARKET TRENDSCOMMERCIAL MEDICINESUNLICENSED MEDICINESCLINICAL TRIAL SERVICESTHE INCREASED PREVALENCE OF COUNTERFEIT MEDICINESStrategic link: 5Impacts: CM/UL/CTS*Patients are increasingly being put at risk by counterfeit or falsified medicines infiltrating the global pharmaceutical supply chain. These products have not been properly checked for quality, safety and efficacy and many don’t require a prescription to supply. They can therefore be very dangerous and pose a serious health risk if self-prescribed. The illicit trade is on a global scale, with the WHO estimating that the global trade of counterfeit medicines is worth €73bn annually.1 The WHO estimates that in some parts of Africa, Asia and South America, more than 30% of medicines in circulation are counterfeit.1Clinigen is committed to the fight against counterfeit medicines and closely cooperates with the various stakeholders. We work closely with the regulatory authorities, partner with the appropriate associations and regularly help raise awareness of counterfeit medicines. Clinigen is the trusted global market-leader in providing an ethical, compliant way for HCPs to source medicines.STRUCTURAL GROWTH IN EMERGING PHARMA MARKETSStrategic link: 3 + 6Impacts: CM/UL*As economies in emerging markets become wealthier, life expectancy and populations increase and awareness of available healthcare improves, there is significant structural growth. The market prognosis of Intercontinental Market Services estimated pharma market development to be worth $1,190bn in 2016, with emerging markets accounting for 30% of that market.2 The growth in these markets is against a backdrop of slowing growth in developed markets, expiration of patents and enforcement of tight regulations in mature markets.3 Due to the complexity, particularly regulatory, of the diverse infrastructure, the approach in commercialising such opportunities require a niche and specialist service provider such as Clinigen.Clinigen’s strategy is to extend its global footprint into key markets, and is ideally placed to improve access to medicines to HCPs and their patients, by utilising its sophisticated and complex global supply and distribution engine.DRUG SHORTAGES Strategic link: 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6Impacts: CM/UL*Drug shortages are a period of time when the demand for a drug exceeds the supply. In these cases access to medicines decreases and it is ultimately patients who suffer as alternative drugs are used, modifications in treatments occur and costs increase as a result of higher costs associated with substitute drugs. Drug shortages not only occur in emerging pharma markets but also in the largest pharma markets in the world. Between 2011–16, the US Food and Drug Administration (‘FDA’), reports that there were 505 instances of drug shortages4 ranging from sterile injectables, anti-infectives and oncology treatments.Clinigen is affected by drug shortages in both our Unlicensed Medicines and Commercial Medicines business operations. At Clinigen, when we acquire an asset, we take every step possible to ensure the product won’t go into shortage of supply. This gives the physician confidence to continue to use the product, keeping it on the prescribing guidelines and ultimately helping to drive sales. In addition, in Unlicensed Medicines, our experience in providing access to unlicensed medicines enables us to offer solutions and access to products to help ensure patients are not negatively impacted.1. https://www.bayer.com/en/background-information-on-counterfeit-drugs.aspx2. https://www.imshealth.com/files/web/IMSH%20Institute/Reports/The%20 Global%20Use%20of%20Medicines%20Outlook%20Through%202016/Medicines_Outlook_Through_2016_Report.pdf3. https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5717296/4. https://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/DrugShortages/ucm441579.htm*CM = Commercial Medicines UL = Unlicensed Medicines CTS = Clinical Trial ServicesINSTANCES OF DRUG SHORTAGES4505% OF ADJUSTED GROUP PROFIT GENERATED FROM OUTSIDE UK, EUROPE AND US2013: 8%2018: 24%GLOBAL TRADE OF COUNTERFEIT MEDICINES1€73bnCLINIGEN RESPONSE AND DIFFERENTIATORS –Broad and embedded relationships with pharmaceutical companies –Proven revitalisation capability –Expert pharmacovigilance, quality management knowledge and understanding of complexity of regulatory environment –Capability to convert unlicensed medicines to licensed medicinesCLINIGEN RESPONSE AND DIFFERENTIATORS –Consultation capability to advise of policy –Global supply chain and distribution network –Online proprietary medicines access platform –Ability to manage unlicensed supply from early access to  ‘on-demand’ accessCLINIGEN RESPONSE AND DIFFERENTIATORS –Global supply chain and distribution network –Certify product for authenticity –Expanded services and IIT offering –Broad and embedded relationships with pharmaceutical companies13OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTS12OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018CLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018OUR BUSINESS MODELTHREE SYNERGISTIC OPERATIONSOWNEDLICENSEDINPUTSCENTRAL OPERATING PLATFORM AND REVENUE SYNERGIESOUTPUTSEARLY  ACCESS‘ON-DEMAND’ ACCESSACQUIRED  PRODUCTSDEVELOPED  PRODUCTSLICENSED  PRODUCTSCTSUNLICENSED MEDICINESCOMMERCIAL MEDICINESPATIENTSClinigen shipped over 4.2m units of drugs during the year helping HCPs and their patients across 108 countries.4.2mUnits shippedCLIENTSClinigen is increasingly becoming the partner of choice for pharmaceutical and biotech companies in the supply and distribution of their products.31of top 50 pharma companiesRelationships with big pharmaCUSTOMERSClinigen offers ethical access to medicines to HCPs through a combination of a global reach and local knowledge.> 10,000HCPsSHAREHOLDERSClinigen has delivered long-term value to shareholders through share price appreciation and a progressive dividend policy.+360%1EMPLOYEESClinigen is committed to a policy of equal opportunities in the recruitment, engagement and retention of employees, providing career development opportunities and competitive remuneration linked to performance.£40.4mEmployee remuneration1. Group total shareholder return (‘TSR’) (defined as share price growth including reinvested dividends), for six year period between IPO on 24 September 2012 until 7 September 2018 versus the FTSE Small Cap Index (ex Investment Trusts).GLOBAL TEAM OF EXPERTSClinigen has over 800 employees in ten international locations.DEEP WELL-ESTABLISHED RELATIONSHIPSClinigen has relationships with 31 of the top 50 pharma companies and has a customer base of over 10,000 HCPs.PROPRIETARY DIGITAL PLATFORMClinigen’s Cliniport is a proprietary online management platform which allows us to operate globally to build deep relationships with our customers from key opinion leaders (‘KOLs’) and HCPs to pharmaceutical companies.GLOBAL SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION INFRASTRUCTUREClinigen’s ‘hub and spoke’ global supply and distribution engine supplies into 108 countries from six international warehouses.EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAMClinigen has a robust operational structure with Senior Vice Presidents supporting each of the three business operations.UNIQUE COMBINATION OF BUSINESSESBy utilising Clinigen’s balanced portfolio, across the services and products businesses, Clinigen offers access to medicines at the key stages of the pharmaceutical product lifecycle.• ‘On-demand’ identifies target medicines to acquire  and revitalise• ‘On-demand’ access identifies higher demand opportunities to develop, licence and commercialise medicines• ‘On-demand’ helps identify geographies to internationalise commercial products• ‘On-demand’ access identifies target medicines to transition from UL2L supply on a local/regional basis• Extending early access supply agreements on an exclusive basis provides client alternative route to commercial launch• Provides opportunity to partner client throughout product lifecycle• Generates cash for Group investment• Utilises unlicensed medicines supply and distribution infrastructure• Provides visibility of R&D pipeline• Commonality of client with early access• Transfer of patients from clinical trials to early accessGLOBAL REACH

THE GROUP HAS A COMPLEMENTARY 
PORTFOLIO OF BUSINESSES OPERATING 
GLOBALLY, ENHANCING OUR ABILITY TO 
PROVIDE ACCESS TO MEDICINES 
WORLDWIDE

USA

IRELAND

UK

GREECE

HONG KONG

JAPAN

SINGAPORE

NEW 
ZEALAND

SOUTH AFRICA

AUSTRALIA

HEADCOUNT 849

0.3m

1.9m

2.1m

OPERATIONS

LOCATIONS

COUNTRIES 
SUPPLIED

3
13
108

CLINICAL TRIAL 
SERVICES UNITS 
SHIPPED

UNLICENSED 
MEDICINES 
UNITS SHIPPED

COMMERCIAL 
MEDICINES 
UNITS SHIPPED

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT BY 
OPERATION (£M)

14.0

64.0

62.1

Commercial 
Medicines

Unlicensed 
Medicines

Clinical Trial 
Services

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT BY CLIENT/
CUSTOMER (£M)

38.7

Pharmaceutical 
and biotech clients

Healthcare 
professional 
customers

101.4

INTRODUCTION 
FROM OUR CEO
THIS YEAR HAS BEEN AN 
IMPORTANT 12 MONTHS 
FOR THE GROUP

I am pleased to report another 
successful year in which we have 
delivered a strong financial 
performance across our key financial 
metrics and have continued to make 
excellent progress against the Group’s 
strategic objectives following the 
acquisition of Quantum Pharma plc 
(‘Quantum’) and International Medical 
Management Corporation (‘IMMC’).

 Read more on pages 14 to 17

NEW 

ZEALAND

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT BY 
REGION (£M)

UK

Europe

USA

Rest of World

38.2

34.1

31.1

36.7

01

FINANCIAL 
HIGHLIGHTS

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT (£M)

ADJUSTED EBITDA (£M)

140.1

76.0

14%

140.1

17%

76.0

122.8

100.7

65.1

53.7

53.7

41.2

25.0

30.0

ADJUSTED BASIC EARNINGS  
PER SHARE (PENCE)

45.4

33.4

22.8

25.6

10%

45.4

41.3

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

REVENUE (£M)

NET CASH (DEBT) (£M)

DIVIDEND PER SHARE (PENCE)

381.2 26%

381.2

339.9

302.3

184.4

126.6

(136.5)

5.3

(35.0)

(76.2)

(68.1)

5.6

4.0

3.1

3.4

12%

5.6

5.0

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

(136.5)

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

HIGHLIGHTS

 – Adjusted gross profit up 14% driven by an excellent performance 
by Commercial Medicines and eight months’ contribution from 
Quantum

 – Good growth and contract wins in Africa and Asia Pacific region

 – Strong performance from Quantum with integration progressing 

to plan; £1.1m in cost synergies already realised

 – Adjusted EPS up 10% to 45.4p (2017: 41.3p)

 – Good cash flow performance with cash generated from operations 

up 17% to £64.1m (2017: £54.7m)

 – Full year dividend increased 12% to 5.6p (2017: 5.0p)

 – Profit before income tax of £35.9m (2017: £14.1m)

Group results on an adjusted basis exclude 
amortisation of acquired intangibles and 
products, and other non-underlying items 
relating to acquisitions (see notes 4 and 7 
of the consolidated financial statements). 
Adjusted EBITDA includes the Group’s share of 
EBITDA from its joint venture. Adjusted results 
now include amortisation on software and 
developed IP, and the prior year has been 
restated accordingly.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201802

COMPANY  
OVERVIEW

OF ADJUSTED GROUP GROSS PROFIT

46%

OUR DIVERSIFIED PORTFOLIO

“ THIS YEAR HAS DEMONSTRATED THE 
STRENGTH AND DIVERSITY OF THE 
GROUP’S PORTFOLIO.”

SHAUN CHILTON
Group CEO

COMMERCIAL MEDICINES
The Group acquires global rights to niche 
hospital-only and critical care products, 
revitalising these assets around the world 
and returning them back to sustained 
growth. The Group also provides access 
to licensed and branded generic medicines 
in the Africa and Asia Pacific region.

The performance of the business is reported as three 
synergistic business operations; Clinical Trial Services 
(‘CTS’), Unlicensed Medicines, and Commercial Medicines. 
This structure reflects how the Group operates in 
practice and allows the Group to obtain synergies 
across its complementary portfolio of businesses 
worldwide, enhancing our ability in providing access 
to medicines and to capitalise on our market-leading 
positions and expanded geographical footprint.

The Group also has an ‘unlicensed to licensed’ 
(‘UL2L’) strategy, where it looks to take 
unlicensed medicines with commercial 
potential and licences them, helping to address 
unmet medical need and allowing the Group 
to capitalise on its market-leading positions.

 Read more on pages 30 to 33

OF ADJUSTED GROUP GROSS PROFIT

OF ADJUSTED GROUP GROSS PROFIT

10%

44%

CLINICAL TRIAL SERVICES
CTS is the global market leader in the 
specialist supply and management of 
quality-assured comparator medicines and 
services to clinical trials and Investigator 
Initiated Trials (‘IITs’).

 Read more on pages 36 to 37

UNLICENSED MEDICINES
Clinigen is the global market leader in 
ethically sourcing and supplying unlicensed 
medicines to hospital pharmacists and 
physicians for patients with a high unmet 
medical need. The Group manages early 
access programs to innovative new 
medicines and provides ‘on-demand’ 
access globally to medicines which 
remain unlicensed at the point of care.

 Read more on pages 34 to 35

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201803
OVERVIEW 
STRATEGIC REPORT
GOVERNANCE
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

INVESTMENT CASE

In becoming the trusted global leader in access to medicines, the Group has 
consistently delivered healthy financial performances and returns. Below are 
the reasons to invest in Clinigen.

UNIQUE COMBINATION OF BUSINESSES

GLOBAL CAPABILITY

EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM

By utilising Clinigen’s balanced 
portfolio, across the services and 
products businesses, we offer 
access to medicines at the key 
stages of the pharmaceutical 
product lifecycle. 

We have built a global supply 
chain and distribution network, 
organically, through acquisitions 
and partnerships, providing local 
market knowledge supported by 
global expertise. 

We have an experienced and 
diverse Group and regional 
management, with a track record 
of delivering strong growth every 
year since inception. 

Operations:
Commercial Medicines:
Unlicensed Medicines:
CTS:

3
46%
44%
10%

Locations
Countries supplied:

13
108

Adjusted gross profit (£M)

140.1

122.8

100.7

2016

2017

2018

41.2

2014

53.7

2015

MARKET-LEADING POSITIONS

UNPARALLELED KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERTISE

SIGNIFICANT LONG-TERM GROWTH POTENTIAL

We are the market leader in 
CTS and Unlicensed Medicines. 

We are experts in the supply 
and distribution of unlicensed 
medicines.

#1

HIGHLY CASH GENERATIVE

TRUSTED ETHICAL SUPPLIER

We generate strong cash returns 
which are underpinned by strong 
credit control and working capital 
management.

Cash generated from operations

£64.1m

We have deep well-established 
relationships with pharmaceutical 
companies and pharmacists.

Relationships with big pharma:
31 of top 50 pharma companies
Customer base: 
> 10,000 healthcare 
professionals (‘HCPs’)

The business can grow both 
through organic growth, with 
an increasing exposure to 
emerging pharmaceutical growth 
markets and through acquisition.

Adjusted gross profit by region
2013

11%

32%

49%

8%

UK

Europe

US

RoW

2018

28%

22%

26%

24%

UK

Europe

US

RoW

CLINIGEN GROUP PLC 
 ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018

CLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 
04

Q&A WITH CLINIGEN CEO, 
SHAUN CHILTON

“ COMMUNICATION WITH THE 
INVESTMENT COMMUNITY IS 
INCREDIBLY IMPORTANT. IT NOT ONLY 
ALLOWS US TO COMMUNICATE THE 
GROUP’S PERFORMANCE AND 
STRATEGY, BUT ALSO PROVIDES AN 
OPPORTUNITY FOR ME TO LISTEN TO 
INVESTOR FEEDBACK AND CONCERNS 
DIRECTLY AND GAIN IMPORTANT 
FEEDBACK TO INFORM MY AND 
MY TEAM’S THINKING.”

Clinigen CEO, Shaun Chilton discusses the Group’s 
performance in 2018 and addresses some common 
questions received from investors over the past year.

A
&
Q

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201805

Q

CAN YOU GIVE A BRIEF OVERVIEW OF 
THE COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS 
OPERATIONS? HOW DO THEY ALL 
WORK TOGETHER?

A Clinigen’s mission is to deliver 

the Right Medicine, to the 
Right Patient at the Right Time. 
There are only three ways for a HCP 
to provide access to a specialist 
medicine: through a clinical trial, 
through prescribing a licensed, 
commercially available medicine, 
or via the unlicensed regulatory 
route and at Clinigen, we have a 
unique business that has three 
synergistic business operations – 
Clinical Trials Services; Unlicensed 
Medicines and Commercial 
Medicines to fulfil our mission.

Clinigen operates a central operating 
platform that supports these three 
business operations with the 
fundamental components of what is a 
sophisticated and complex supply 
and distribution engine, including 
logistics, supply chain, customer 
services, quality, regulatory, finance, 
HR and legal.

 See pages 12 to 13 on the Group’s 

business model.

Q

CAN YOU DESCRIBE CLINIGEN’S 
VALUE PROPOSITION?

A As the global leader in access 

to medicines, Clinigen is 
building a synergistic business 

that has the capability to provide 
added value to two key customers:

 – For physicians and pharmacists; we 
provide the most straightforward, 
compliant, safe and ethical way to 
obtain difficult to access, often 
unlicensed medicines.

 – For pharmaceutical and biotech 
companies; we are a long-term 
partner with the capability to 
expand and extend the life and 
value of a medicine and provide 
distribution services and solutions 
in complex regulatory situations.

We operate in markets and 
geographies with long-term growth 
potential and underserved needs.

Q

HOW WOULD YOU SUMMARISE THE YEAR 
THAT’S JUST GONE, IN TERMS OF 
ACHIEVEMENTS, BUT ALSO WHERE 
THINGS HAVE NOT GONE QUITE TO PLAN?

A This year has demonstrated 

the benefits of the Group’s 
portfolio of businesses. 
Overall, we have had another 
good year, combining a strong 
financial performance with excellent 
progress on delivering against the 
Group’s strategic objectives.

Operationally, the areas where we 
have done well are in the Commercial 
Medicines business, particularly with 
our owned products, and in the Africa 
and Asia Pacific region overall where 
the performance was a standout.

I am particularly pleased with the 
progress we have made strategically. 
We are starting to ‘join-the-dots’ 
more effectively between the three 
businesses, for example, the recent 
activity with companies such as Eisai 
and Bristol-Myers Squibb (‘BMS’) who 
are now working with Clinigen in 
multiple areas and multiple products. 
While organic growth always remains 
a priority, we will always look to make 
strategic acquisitions – in the year, we 
added Quantum which has extended 
our capabilities in Unlicensed 
Medicines and Commercial Medicines, 
whilst the acquisition of IMMC adds to 
our existing footprint in Japan and 
further supports our strategy to 
become the ‘go to’ global leader in 
ethical access to unlicensed 
medicines.

An area which performed below 
expectation was CTS, particularly in 
the first half. However its performance 
strengthened in the second half and is 
better positioned for growth this year.

Q

CTS HAD A WEAK FIRST HALF OF THE 
YEAR? WHAT HAVE YOU SEEN IN THE 
SECOND HALF THAT GIVES YOU 
CONFIDENCE IN ITS FUTURE 
PERFORMANCE AND WHAT STEPS 
ARE YOU TAKING TO STRENGTHEN 
FOR THE FUTURE?

A We decided to make a 

management change in 
March to not only address the 

performance of the business but also 
to better position it in the US and 
to drive the future development of 
the business globally. The business 
delivered a strong final quarter 
making the second half performance 
sequentially better than the first 
and leaving the business better 
positioned to drive growth and I 
think the management change will 
deliver further progress this year. 
The strategy with CTS remains 
unchanged, to extend the service 
offering and increase our capabilities 
in faster growing segments of the 
clinical trials space, particularly 
supporting the growth in IITs. The CTS 
market is still growing and there are 
opportunities for growth for us here.

Q

WHAT IS THE OPPORTUNITY IN ‘ON-
DEMAND’ ACCESS AND HOW CAN THE 
GROUP LEVERAGE ITS INFRASTRUCTURE 
TO GROW THIS BUSINESS FURTHER?

A We believe the immediately 

addressable market opportunity 
that exists in ‘on-demand’ 

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201806

INVESTOR 
QUESTIONS

CONTINUED

access is well in excess of $2bn, of 
which we currently have a small share. 
The strategy to address the unmet, 
certainly underserved, medical need 
in those territories where products 
remain unlicensed is: 1) ‘own’ the 
product – increasing the number 
of exclusive supply agreements for 
high demand or niche products, 
also converting those ‘early access’ 
agreements into much longer-term 
‘on-demand’ supply agreements; 2) 
continue to build a global community 
of HCPs as our key customers. What 
is very clear is that our proprietary 
online management platform, 
Cliniport, is fundamental to the 
long-term success of this business 
and is a way of rapidly creating scale 
and added service. See pages 28 
to 29 which provides a case study 
underlining the importance and 
impact of Cliniport to the Group.

By ‘joining-the-dots’ more effectively 
for example in consolidating our 
drug sourcing and procurement and 
in leveraging global and regional 
pharmaceutical and biotech senior 
relationships across Clinigen, we will 
continue to drive growth.

Q

HAS THERE BEEN ANY MEANINGFUL 
CHANGE TO THE COMPETITIVE 
LANDSCAPE FOR THE CLINIGEN 
BUSINESSES?

A The competitive landscape 

the CTS business operates 
in has always been the most 

competitive of our three businesses. 
There are fewer barriers to entry and 
many local/regional players. However 
I don’t believe it has become any 
more competitive during the year. As 
explained above, we have a strategy 
to address the CTS performance and 

I am confident we will be successful 
in the year ahead and beyond.

In Unlicensed Medicines, we remain 
the global market leader in early 
access, whilst in ‘on-demand’ access 
the market is very fragmented with 
most of the competition coming 
from local/regional wholesalers and 
internet pharmacies. We continue to 
differentiate our offering from our 
competitors as referenced in the 
Market Overview on pages 8 to 9.

In Commercial Medicines, most of the 
sales are derived from products not 
under patent protection and so 
increased competition is an ongoing 
risk. Assuming the competitive 
landscape remains unchanged, this 
operation is well positioned to 
continue to drive growth across all 
parts of its portfolio.

Q

THE GROUP HAS MADE TWO PRODUCT 
ACQUISITIONS FOLLOWING THE YEAR END, 
HOW DO THEY COMPLEMENT THE GROUP’S 
EXISTING PORTFOLIO IN COMMERCIAL 
MEDICINES?

A We made two product 

acquisitions in July 2018. 
The first was Proleukin® 
where we acquired from Novartis 
the global rights outside the US. 
Proleukin is licensed in around 
20 countries around the world 
and is primarily indicated for 
use in metastatic renal cell 
carcinoma, as well as for metastatic 
melanoma in certain markets.

The second product was Imukin®, 
where we acquired the global rights 
outside the US, Canada and Japan 
from Horizon Pharma. Imukin is 
licensed in 19 countries globally to 
reduce the frequency of serious 
infections in patients with Chronic 
Granulomatous Disease (‘CGD’) and 
Severe Malignant Osteopetrosis 
(‘SMO’), both considered rare 
conditions.

These acquisitions both fit with the 
Group’s strategy to acquire global 
rights to niche hospital-only and 
critical care products and revitalising 
them to sustained long-term growth. 
In addition, they mark an extension to 
the previous acquisition strategy for 
global specialty medicines as they are 
biologics and therefore have inbuilt 
future generic protection.

Q

HOW IS THE INTEGRATION OF 
QUANTUM GOING?

A Quantum was acquired in 

November 2017 with the aim 
of strengthening our position 

as global leader in ethical access 
to medicines by extending our 
Unlicensed Medicines capability 
and accelerating our UL2L global 
strategy to benefit the Commercial 
Medicines business. The Group has 
been structured in a way that can 
accommodate bolt on acquisitions, 
such as Quantum. Shortly after its 
acquisition the integration process 
began in order to drive through 
the revenue synergies identified 
and we have made good progress. 
Quantum’s unlicensed businesses 
have been incorporated into the 
Group’s Unlicensed Medicines 
business operation, while the niche 
division of Lamda Laboratories and 
Colonis now feed directly into the 
Commercial Medicines business. 
Over the eight months of the year, 
we also made important progress 
in consolidating the key operational 
support areas such as quality, 
logistics, legal, finance, HR and IT.

We will continue to look at where we 
can obtain efficiencies in the way we 
operate and fully utilise the top line 
synergies to drive an improved 
business performance. Overall, I 
would comment that in the eight 
months since the acquisition, the 
integration of Quantum is going to 
plan with the UL2L portfolio in 
Commercial Medicines performing 
particularly well.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018Q

Medicines, demonstrating our 
strategy of acquiring global rights 
to niche, hospital based assets with 
revitalisation and growth potential.

Q

07

WHAT ARE THE IMPLICATIONS OF BREXIT 
FOR THE GROUP?

A As a business that operates 

globally and with 74% of the 
Group’s revenues being from 
international markets, then we are 
in a good position already. Specific 
to the challenges and opportunities 
created from Brexit, however, we 
have a number of plans in place. 
The Group has established a Brexit 
team to develop contingency plans 
and has established a Dutch entity 
to hold the Group’s proprietary 
marketing authorisations for our 
owned products. Whilst the outcomes 
are not clear, we have a flexible 
business model and can store and 
ship product from our own depots 
in the UK, Australia, Singapore and 
South Africa as well as utilise our 
existing third party wholesalers in 
other countries. With the team’s 
deep understanding of multinational 
regulatory processes it is expected 
that any Brexit implications will 
be manageable. We continue to 
monitor any decisions made by the 
Government in respect of Brexit.

HOW IS THE ENTERPRISE RESOURCE 
PLANNING (‘ERP’) IMPLEMENTATION 
PROGRESSING? WHAT WILL BE THE 
BENEFITS TO THE GROUP ONCE 
IMPLEMENTED?

A We have made progress in 

installing the Oracle ERP 
platform in the year and we have 
already benefited from the installation 
of several of the ERP modules with 
the remainder scheduled to be 
completed in 2019. This is by far 
the Group’s most extensive capital 
expenditure project and it is critical 
that we get this right first time. I 
am confident that when completed 
in 2019, it will drive operational 
efficiency and allow the Group to 
compete better on a global scale.

Q

THE GROUP HAS MADE SOME 
TRANSFORMATIONAL ACQUISITIONS 
SINCE IPO, WHAT CAN WE EXPECT ON 
M&A GOING FORWARD?

A We will continue to have organic 

growth as a primary focus but 
also continue to look at selective 

acquisitions to extend capability 
and create long-term growth 
opportunities underpinned by more 
extensive competitive advantage. 
During the year, the Group made 
two corporate acquisitions, Quantum 
and IMMC, and following period 
end, made two product acquisitions, 
Proleukin and Imukin, and two 
corporate acquisitions, CSM Parent, 
Inc., (‘CSM’) and iQone Healthcare 
Holding (Suisse) SA (‘iQone’). The 
corporate acquisitions will extend 
and expand capabilities across the 
Group. The two product acquisitions 
strengthen our offering in Commercial 

Q

CAN YOU EXPLAIN THE GROUP’S SHARE 
PRICE PERFORMANCE IN THE LAST 
12 MONTHS?

A The share price of 919p, on 

the last trading day of the 
year, increased 7% during the 

year and ranged between 1,177p 
and 837p. As with all share prices, 
movement is driven by many factors 
including macro drivers, industry 
specific drivers and of course, how 
the Company performs. As a Group 
we must focus on delivering on the 
Group’s strategic objectives and 
achieving market expectations, as we 
have done this year. If we continue 
to perform, in the long run I am 
confident the share price of Clinigen 
will follow the growth in our earnings.

Q

WHAT ARE THE MAJOR MILESTONES TO 
LOOK OUT FOR IN 2019? WHAT DOES 
SUCCESS LOOK LIKE?

A We shall continue to drive 

organic growth across our 
portfolio and look to capitalise 

on the substantial opportunity in 
our markets to deliver another good 
year of progress. We have so many 
exciting opportunities but we also 
need to remain disciplined on making 
the expected progress against 
the core KPIs in each of the three 
businesses and for the Group as a 
whole. If we can continue to ‘join-the-
dots’ within what we have created 
in Clinigen, then I am very excited 
about what the future holds for us.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201808

MARKET 
OVERVIEW

Clinigen has a unique combination 
of businesses providing access to 
medicines across clinical trials, 
unlicensed and commercial/licensed 
medicines – the key stages of a 
pharmaceutical product’s lifecycle. 
The Group has broad and well-
established relationships with both 
pharmaceutical companies, which 
increasingly require a trusted partner 
to facilitate supply and distribution of 
medicines to patients, and HCPs, who 
require assistance in accessing the 

medicines they need. We do this 
through a combination of a global 
reach and local knowledge.

There are several key macro market 
trends which impact the Group’s 
business operations and the ability 
to provide access to medicines. 
Some of the more common macro 
market trends are discussed in this 
Market Overview.

MICRO MARKET TRENDS

COMMERCIAL MEDICINES

UNLICENSED MEDICINES

CLINICAL TRIAL SERVICES

MARKET DRIVERS
 – Portfolio rationalising by large 
pharmaceutical companies
 – Clients increasingly looking to 

rationalise territories and partner 
with regional specialists to manage 
the lifecycle of products
 – Increased pressure to have 

products available as licensed 
products by regulatory authorities, 
HCPs and patients

 – Capability to convert unlicensed 
medicines to licensed medicines

MARKET DRIVERS
 – Increased role of patient  

advocacy groups

 – Clients increasingly requiring a 

global solution

 – Demand for Real World Data 

(‘RWD’)

 – Clients increasingly wanting a 
partner to manage supply and 
distribution beyond early access

MARKET DRIVERS
 – Growth in IITs
 – Efficacy to be shown against  

latest marketed product
 – Clients increasingly require  
more complex solutions
 – Speed to market launch is 

becoming a priority

CLINIGEN RESPONSE AND DIFFERENTIATORS
 – Broad and embedded relationships 
with pharmaceutical companies

CLINIGEN RESPONSE AND DIFFERENTIATORS
 – Consultation capability to advise 

of policy

 – Proven revitalisation capability
 – Expert pharmacovigilance, quality 

 – Global supply chain and 
distribution network

management knowledge and 
understanding of complexity of 
regulatory environment

 – Capability to convert unlicensed 
medicines to licensed medicines

 – Online proprietary medicines 

access platform

 – Ability to manage unlicensed 
supply from early access to  
‘on-demand’ access

CLINIGEN RESPONSE AND DIFFERENTIATORS
 – Global supply chain and 
distribution network

 – Certify product for authenticity
 – Expanded services and IIT offering
 – Broad and embedded relationships 
with pharmaceutical companies

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018MACRO MARKET TRENDS

THE INCREASED PREVALENCE OF 
COUNTERFEIT MEDICINES
Strategic link: 5
Impacts: CM/UL/CTS*

STRUCTURAL GROWTH IN EMERGING 
PHARMA MARKETS
Strategic link: 3 + 6
Impacts: CM/UL*

Patients are increasingly being put 
at risk by counterfeit or falsified 
medicines infiltrating the global 
pharmaceutical supply chain. These 
products have not been properly 
checked for quality, safety and 
efficacy and many don’t require a 
prescription to supply. They can 
therefore be very dangerous and 
pose a serious health risk if self-
prescribed. The illicit trade is on a 
global scale, with the WHO estimating 
that the global trade of counterfeit 
medicines is worth €73bn annually.1 
The WHO estimates that in some 
parts of Africa, Asia and South 
America, more than 30% of medicines 
in circulation are counterfeit.1

Clinigen is committed to the fight 
against counterfeit medicines and 
closely cooperates with the various 
stakeholders. We work closely with 
the regulatory authorities, partner 
with the appropriate associations 
and regularly help raise awareness 
of counterfeit medicines. Clinigen is 
the trusted global market-leader in 
providing an ethical, compliant way 
for HCPs to source medicines.

As economies in emerging markets 
become wealthier, life expectancy 
and populations increase and 
awareness of available healthcare 
improves, there is significant 
structural growth. The market 
prognosis of Intercontinental Market 
Services estimated pharma market 
development to be worth $1,190bn 
in 2016, with emerging markets 
accounting for 30% of that market.2 
The growth in these markets is 
against a backdrop of slowing growth 
in developed markets, expiration of 
patents and enforcement of tight 
regulations in mature markets.3 
Due to the complexity, particularly 
regulatory, of the diverse 
infrastructure, the approach in 
commercialising such opportunities 
require a niche and specialist service 
provider such as Clinigen.

Clinigen’s strategy is to extend its 
global footprint into key markets, and 
is ideally placed to improve access to 
medicines to HCPs and their patients, 
by utilising its sophisticated and 
complex global supply and 
distribution engine.

09

DRUG SHORTAGES 

Strategic link: 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6
Impacts: CM/UL*

Drug shortages are a period of 
time when the demand for a drug 
exceeds the supply. In these cases 
access to medicines decreases 
and it is ultimately patients who 
suffer as alternative drugs are used, 
modifications in treatments occur and 
costs increase as a result of higher 
costs associated with substitute 
drugs. Drug shortages not only occur 
in emerging pharma markets but 
also in the largest pharma markets 
in the world. Between 2011–16, the 
US Food and Drug Administration 
(‘FDA’), reports that there were 
505 instances of drug shortages4 
ranging from sterile injectables, anti-
infectives and oncology treatments.

Clinigen is affected by drug shortages 
in both our Unlicensed Medicines 
and Commercial Medicines business 
operations. At Clinigen, when we 
acquire an asset, we take every step 
possible to ensure the product won’t 
go into shortage of supply. This 
gives the physician confidence to 
continue to use the product, keeping 
it on the prescribing guidelines and 
ultimately helping to drive sales. 
In addition, in Unlicensed Medicines, 
our experience in providing access 
to unlicensed medicines enables 
us to offer solutions and access to 
products to help ensure patients 
are not negatively impacted.

GLOBAL TRADE OF COUNTERFEIT MEDICINES1

€73bn

% OF ADJUSTED GROUP PROFIT GENERATED FROM OUTSIDE 
UK, EUROPE AND US

2013: 8%
2018: 24%

INSTANCES OF DRUG SHORTAGES4

505

1.  https://www.bayer.com/en/background-information-on-counterfeit-drugs.aspx
2.  https://www.imshealth.com/files/web/IMSH%20Institute/Reports/The%20 Global%20Use%20of%20Medicines%20Outlook%20Through%202016/

Medicines_Outlook_Through_2016_Report.pdf

3.  https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC5717296/
4.  https://www.fda.gov/Drugs/DrugSafety/DrugShortages/ucm441579.htm

*CM = Commercial Medicines UL = Unlicensed Medicines CTS = Clinical Trial Services

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201810

THE PRODUCT  
LIFECYCLE

THE GLOBAL LIFECYCLE PARTNER

GLOBAL LIFECYCLE PARTNER

CLINICAL TRIAL SERVICES

There are only three ways for a patient 
to ethically access a medicine: through 
clinical trials, unlicensed or licensed 
supply. Our unique business model 
allows us to manage access to all 
three routes worldwide.

 Read more on pages 12 to 13

CLIENT/CUSTOMER

PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANIES

THE CLINIGEN EFFECT

We add insight, expertise and value at the key stages 
of a product’s lifecycle, supporting pharmaceutical 
companies and HCPs from clinical trials to full 
commercialisation. We help to reduce costs in the 
supply of medicines, achieve more meaningful 
outcomes and sustained value during commercialisation, 
and extend the lifetime value of a product.

•  We help the pharmaceutical company 
reduce supply chain inefficiencies and 
drive down costs.

PROGRESS

We have made strong progress in delivering the 
Group’s strategy in each of our business operations.

•  Complementary acquisition of CSM, 

enhancing capabilities, access to new 
customers and attractive infrastructure

•  44 new clients added

UL2L is unlicensed to licensed. Number of exclusive supply agreements includes Managed Access Programs, ‘on-demand’ access client supply 
agreements and exclusive customer supply agreements in Quantum. Number of local, regional and global assets under management includes 
all products in the Commercial Medicines portfolio. BMS is Bristol-Myers Squibb.

 Read more on pages 36 to 37

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201811

UNLICENSED MEDICINES

COMMERCIAL MEDICINES

EARLY ACCESS

‘ON-DEMAND’ ACCESS

OWNED

ACQUIRED 
PRODUCTS

DEVELOPED 
PRODUCTS

LICENSED

LICENSED 
PRODUCTS

PHARMACEUTICAL COMPANIES

UL2L

HEALTHCARE PROFESSIONALS

•  Managed Access Programs lead to a 

•  We help the pharmaceutical company 

more impactful outcome and sustained 
value for the pharmaceutical company 
and HCP during commercialisation. We 
address unmet medical need by supplying 
into territories where products remain 
unlicensed.

optimally transition from UL2L supply, helping 
to commercialise products and address 
unmet medical need. We revitalise and return 
acquired products back to growth providing 
the broadest possible global access.

• 

• 

• 

Increased geographical footprint with 
acquisition of IMMC in Japan
Increased number of exclusive supply 
agreements to 208 (2017: 138)
Increased number of registered users  
to > 11,000

•  Extended UL2L capability with acquisition  

of Quantum

•  Partnership agreement signed with BMS in 

South Africa

•  Extension to agreement with Eisai to launch 
three products into ten African countries
Increased number of local, regional and global 
assets under management to 232 (2017: 197)

• 

 Read more on pages 34 to 35

 Read more on pages 30 to 33

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201812

OUR BUSINESS 
MODEL

THREE SYNERGISTIC OPERATIONS

INPUTS

CENTRAL OPERATING PLATFORM AND REVENUE SYNERGIES

GLOBAL TEAM OF EXPERTS

Clinigen has over 800 employees in ten international 
locations.

UNLICENSED MEDICINES

CTS

EARLY  
ACCESS

‘ON-DEMAND’ 
ACCESS

•  Generates cash for Group investment

•  Utilises unlicensed medicines supply 

and distribution infrastructure

•  Provides visibility of R&D pipeline

•  Commonality of client with early access

•  Transfer of patients from clinical trials 

to early access

•  Extending early access supply 

agreements on an exclusive basis 
provides client alternative route 
to commercial launch

•  Provides opportunity to partner client 

throughout product lifecycle

DEEP WELL-ESTABLISHED 
RELATIONSHIPS

Clinigen has relationships with 31 of the top 50 pharma 
companies and has a customer base of over 10,000 HCPs.

PROPRIETARY DIGITAL PLATFORM

Clinigen’s Cliniport is a proprietary online management 
platform which allows us to operate globally to build deep 
relationships with our customers from key opinion leaders 
(‘KOLs’) and HCPs to pharmaceutical companies.

GLOBAL SUPPLY AND DISTRIBUTION 
INFRASTRUCTURE

Clinigen’s ‘hub and spoke’ global supply and distribution 
engine supplies into 108 countries from six international 
warehouses.

EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM

Clinigen has a robust operational structure with Senior 
Vice Presidents supporting each of the three business 
operations.

UNIQUE COMBINATION OF BUSINESSES

By utilising Clinigen’s balanced portfolio, across the 
services and products businesses, Clinigen offers access 
to medicines at the key stages of the pharmaceutical 
product lifecycle.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018CENTRAL OPERATING PLATFORM AND REVENUE SYNERGIES

COMMERCIAL MEDICINES

OWNED

ACQUIRED  
PRODUCTS

DEVELOPED  
PRODUCTS

LICENSED

LICENSED  
PRODUCTS

•  ‘On-demand’ identifies target medicines  

to acquire and revitalise

•  ‘On-demand’ access identifies higher demand 

opportunities to develop, licence and commercialise 
medicines

•  ‘On-demand’ helps identify geographies  
to internationalise commercial products

•  ‘On-demand’ access identifies target medicines to 

transition from UL2L supply on a local/regional basis

13

OUTPUTS

PATIENTS

Clinigen shipped over 4.2m units of drugs 
during the year helping HCPs and their 
patients across 108 countries.

CLIENTS

Clinigen is increasingly becoming the 
partner of choice for pharmaceutical 
and biotech companies in the supply 
and distribution of their products.

4.2m

Units shipped

31

of top 50 
pharma companies

Relationships with 
big pharma

CUSTOMERS

Clinigen offers ethical access to medicines 
to HCPs through a combination of a global 
reach and local knowledge.

> 10,000

HCPs

SHAREHOLDERS

Clinigen has delivered long-term value 
to shareholders through share price 
appreciation and a progressive 
dividend policy.

+360%1

EMPLOYEES

Clinigen is committed to a policy of equal 
opportunities in the recruitment, 
engagement and retention of employees, 
providing career development 
opportunities and competitive 
remuneration linked to performance.

£40.4m

Employee remuneration

1.  Group total shareholder return (‘TSR’) (defined as share price 
growth including reinvested dividends), for six year period 
between IPO on 24 September 2012 until 7 September 2018 
versus the FTSE Small Cap Index (ex Investment Trusts).

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201814

CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
OFFICER’S  
STATEMENT
EXECUTING ON 
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

SHAUN CHILTON
Group Chief Executive Officer
26 September 2018

THIS YEAR HAS BEEN AN IMPORTANT 
12 MONTHS OF PROGRESS FOR THE 
CLINIGEN GROUP. WE HAVE DELIVERED 
ANOTHER YEAR OF STRONG GROWTH 
WITH A STRONG FINANCIAL 
PERFORMANCE ACROSS OUR KEY 
FINANCIAL METRICS 

In addition, we continue to effectively demonstrate 
progress against the Group’s strategic objectives and 
adding to our core capabilities following the acquisitions 
of Quantum and IMMC.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018ADJUSTED EPS

45.4p +10%

CASH GENERATED FROM OPERATIONS

£64.1m

“THE GROUP HAS SIGNIFICANTLY 
STRENGTHENED ITS CAPABILITIES AND 
HAS CREATED A PLATFORM THAT CAN 
PROVIDE ACCESS TO MEDICINES 
GLOBALLY.”

15

Acquisitions have always been part 
of the Clinigen growth strategy and 
having built an organic platform we 
are now able to add in selective bolt 
on acquisitions to expand further 
our footprint and capabilities. The 
acquisition of Quantum strengthened 
our position as trusted global leader 
in access to medicines by extending 
our Unlicensed Medicines capability 
and extending our UL2L medicines 
global strategy. We are now able 
to identify and satisfy areas of 
unmet need through our Unlicensed 
Medicine business and then develop 
our own licensed versions of the most 
important and in demand products. 
The acquisition will also allow the 
Group to internationalise Quantum’s 
portfolio of commercial products, 
utilising Clinigen’s global supply 
and distribution infrastructure.

The acquisition of IMMC strengthened 
our presence in Japan, and makes 
Clinigen the leader in the provision of 
unlicensed medicines in the world’s 
second largest pharmaceutical 
market. The business operates 
throughout Japan in sectors including 
niche vaccine, oncology and IVF, 
and has relationships with over 850 
hospitals and clinics, which will be 
able to benefit from the broader 
access to medicines available as 
part of Clinigen. The acquisition of 
IMMC is part of Clinigen’s strategy 
to become the ‘go to’ global leader 
in ethical access to unlicensed 
medicines and is a good medium-
term growth opportunity for Group.

These two acquisitions are in different 
stages of their development, but both 
will be important drivers of future 
growth and take us closer to realising 
our vision to be the trusted global 
leader in access to medicines. We 
have a good track record integrating 
our acquisitions, allowing us to build 
scale and capability and this has 
enabled us to deliver strong 
shareholder returns and positions 
us well to drive future growth in the 
long-term.

“THE RESULTS THIS YEAR, MORE THAN 
EVER, HAVE DEMONSTRATED THE 
STRENGTH AND DIVERSITY OF THE 
GROUP’S PORTFOLIO AND ITS THREE 
BUSINESS OPERATIONS.”

Financial performance
We have achieved double digit 
growth in each of our three key 
metrics. Adjusted gross profit, the 
best measure of Clinigen’s top-line 
performance, increased by 14%, 
adjusted EBITDA increased by 17% 
and adjusted EPS, which takes 
account of the additional debt 
costs and share dilution from the 
acquisitions, increased by 10%.

The results this year, more than ever, 
have demonstrated the strength and 
diversity of the Group’s portfolio and 
its three business operations. The 
strong financial performance was 
driven by an excellent performance 
by Commercial Medicines, which 
helped offset a weaker performance 
from CTS and eight months’ 
contribution from Quantum.

I am particularly pleased that 
the Group has also achieved a 
strong cash flow performance, a 
fundamental KPI for the business, 
with cash generated from 
operations up 17% to £64.1m.

Further details on our financial 
performance are covered by the 
Group Chief Financial Officer on 
pages 38 to 41.

Acquisitions and progress against 
strategic objectives
Since IPO in 2012, the Group has 
significantly strengthened its 
capabilities and has created a 
platform that can provide access to 
medicines globally to be able to fulfil 
our mission of delivering the right 
medicine to the right patient at the 
right time. Although the Group’s 
strategy has evolved since IPO, we 
continue to operate in the key three 
areas of global medicine supply; 
clinical trials, unlicensed and licensed 
or commercial medicines.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201816

CHIEF EXECUTIVE 
OFFICER’S  
STATEMENT

CONTINUED

“WE ARE BEGINNING TO GAIN REAL 
TRACTION IN THE STRATEGY TO PROVIDE 
ACCESS TO LICENSED AND BRANDED 
GENERIC MEDICINES IN THE HIGH-
GROWTH POTENTIAL REGIONS SUCH  
AS IN AFRICA AND ASIA PACIFIC.”

Following the year end, in July 2018, 
the Group acquired two further 
medicines, bringing its portfolio of 
acquired global, specialty medicines 
undergoing revitalisation to seven.  
The Group acquired the global rights 
outside the US to Proleukin from 
Novartis and acquired the global 
rights outside the US, Canada and 
Japan to Imukin from Horizon Pharma. 
Proleukin is indicated for use in 
metastatic renal cell carcinoma, as well 
as for metastatic melanoma in certain 
markets. Imukin is licensed to reduce 
the frequency of serious infections in 
patients with CGD and for the 
treatment of SMO.

These acquisitions both fit with the 
Group’s strategy in acquiring global 
rights to niche hospital-only and 
critical care products and revitalising 
them back to sustained growth. In 
addition, they mark an extension to 
the previous acquisition strategy for 
global specialty medicines as they are 
biologics and therefore have inbuilt 
future generic protection.

Operational performance
The standout performance during the 
year was in the Commercial Medicines 
business operation. It delivered an 
excellent performance across most of 
the portfolio and was supplemented 
by eight months’ contribution from 
Quantum.

We are beginning to gain real 
traction in the strategy to provide 
access to licensed and branded 
generic medicines in the high-growth 
potential regions such as in Africa  
and Asia Pacific. In the year we 
announced further agreements, 
registering Garsun in South Africa 
and extending the agreement with 
Eisai to launch three products into 
ten African Countries. In addition, we 
announced an extended partnership 
agreement with BMS which will 
lead to the transfer of marketing 
authorisations (product registration 
certificates) in South Africa, from 
BMS to Clinigen. Collectively, these 
agreements demonstrate that the 
Group is increasingly becoming a 
partner of choice to pharmaceutical 
companies, both in Africa and 
around the world, in the supply and 
distribution of their products.

We have continued to focus on the 
revitalisation of our acquired product 
portfolio. Our lead asset, Foscavir, 
continued to show good growth 
across its major geographies. We 
also obtained a price increase for 
Foscavir in Japan, the first such 
increase since launching the product 
there in 2010 and aligning the price 
closer to other key territories. In 
addition we launched Totect in the 
US through our strategic partner, 
Cumberland, after which it benefited 
from a manufacturing shortage of 
a competitor product, enabling it 
to accelerate gains in market share. 
We have also seen the effects of 
revitalisation in the other products, 
in particular Cardioxane and Savene, 
which both delivered double digit 
growth. In Quantum, the performance 
of the business’s main commercial 
medicine, Glycopyrronium 
Bromide Oral Solution 1mg/5ml 
(‘Glyco’), performed well in the 
eight months since acquisition.

In the Unlicensed Medicines business 
operation, our early access business 
has continued to win programs 
throughout the year, strengthening 
our market-leading status in the 
supply of early access to medicines 
globally. In ‘on-demand’ access, we 
have made further progress with the 
strategy of increasing the number 
of exclusive supply agreements for 
high demand or niche products, and 
continuing to build a community 
of HCPs as customers. This is the 
right strategy to address unmet 
medical need in those territories 
where products remain unlicensed. 
The Unlicensed Medicines business 
from Quantum performed in 
line with our expectations.

Linking the product with the 
customer requires a differentiated 
digital offering capable of 
supporting the business as it 
grows. With Cliniport, we have a 
proprietary online management 
platform which allows us to operate 
globally to build deep relationships 
with HCPs and pharmaceutical 
companies. The momentum is 
really building with Cliniport 
and I expect this to continue in 
the year ahead. See pages 28 to 
29 which provides a case study 
underlining the importance and 
impact of Cliniport to the Group.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201817

EMPLOYEES

> 800

“ WE HAVE ALREADY BENEFITED FROM THE 
INSTALLATION OF SEVERAL OF THE ERP 
MODULES WITH THE REMAINDER SCHEDULED  
TO BE COMPLETED IN 2019.”

“ON BEHALF OF THE BOARD I WOULD LIKE 
TO THANK ALL OUR EMPLOYEES FOR 
THEIR PROFESSIONALISM AND EXPERTISE 
DURING THE PAST YEAR.”

Technology
Work has continued throughout the 
year with the implementation of the 
Group ERP system. The Group has 
already benefited from the installation 
of several of the ERP modules with 
the remainder scheduled to be 
completed in 2019. This is by far 
the Group’s most extensive capital 
expenditure project and is critical 
to the future growth of the business. 
The Group is confident that when 
it completes in 2019, it will drive 
operational efficiency and allow it 
to compete better on a global scale.

People
Adding and integrating successfully 
new talent from acquisitions is an 
important part of growth. Following 
the Quantum acquisition the Group 
now has over 800 employees 
operating in ten international 
locations. On behalf of the Board, 
I would like to thank all our employees 
for their professionalism and expertise 
during the past year, helping the 
Group in its guiding principle to 
become the trusted global leader in 
access to medicines. I am pleased 
that so many of our employees are 
themselves shareholders in Clinigen 
and can benefit from the Group’s 
success as a result of participating 
in our popular Sharesave scheme.

The senior management team has 
been strengthened with new Senior 
Vice Presidents in each of our 
business operations, Commercial 
Medicines, Unlicensed Medicines and 
CTS. These business operations are 
critical for the Group to achieve its 
strategic objectives and appointing 
high-calibre individuals helps prepare 
the Group for the next stage in its 
development.

I would also like to thank my current 
and previous Board colleagues for 
their support and guidance over the 
past year. Peter George and John 
Bacon stepped down from the 
Board on 1 November 2017, whilst 
Anne Hyland joined the Board on 
1 January 2018.

I would finally like to thank all our 
stakeholders; customers, suppliers, 
employees and shareholders, whose 
continued support has contributed 
to our success.

Outlook
I believe the Group is well-positioned 
to capitalise on the substantial 
opportunity in our markets in line 
with our strategic objectives and 
deliver another good year of 
progress. 

Group results on an adjusted basis exclude 
amortisation of acquired intangibles and 
products, and other non-underlying items 
relating to acquisitions. Adjusted EBITDA 
includes the Group’s share of EBITDA from its 
joint venture. Adjusted results now include 
amortisation on software and developed IP and 
the prior year has been restated accordingly.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201818

OUR TRACK RECORD  
AND FUTURE  
ASPIRATIONS

OUR HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE

2010
Clinigen Group formed by 
Peter George

Acquires its first product, 
Foscavir

2011
Recognised as the 
fastest-growing private 
company in the UK by the 
Sunday Times Virgin Fast 
Track 100

2012
Lists on the AIM of the 
London Stock Exchange 
– the first UK healthcare 
company to list in London 
in five years

2013
Wins Best Newcomer  
at the London Stock 
Exchange AIM Awards

Acquires its second 
product, Cardioxane

THE DEVELOPMENT OF CLINIGEN

Adjusted gross profit

Adjusted EBITDA

CAGR GROWTH 
IN GROSS PROFIT1

CAGR GROWTH 
IN EBITDA1

46%
61%

2014
Extends headquarters in 
Burton-on-Trent, UK

Acquires its third 
product, Savene and 
fourth product, Ethyol

2016
Acquires its fifth 
product, Totect, and 
Foscavir bag line 
extension

2015
Acquires Idis in April 
2015 to become the 
global leader in providing 
ethical compliant access 
to unlicensed medicines

Acquires Link Healthcare 
(‘Link’) in October 2015 
to expand its ability to 
provide access to 
medicines for patients in 
the Africa, Australia and 
Asia region

2017
Acquires IMMC in 
October 2017, 
strengthening the 
Group’s presence in 
Japan, the world’s 
second largest 
pharmaceutical market

Acquires Quantum 
in November 2017, 
strengthening Clinigen’s 
position as global 
leader in ethical access 
to medicines

Group
formed
Foscavir
acquired
£7M

FY10

£16M

FY11

List on AIM
£29M

£17M

FY12

Cardioxane
acquired
£35M

£20M

FY13

Savene and
Ethyol
acquired
£41M

£25M

FY14

IDIS
acquired
£54M

£30M

FY15

Adjusted results exclude amortisation of acquired intangibles and products, and other non-underlying items relating to acquisitions. Adjusted EBITDA 
includes the Group’s share of EBITDA from its joint venture. Adjusted results include amortisation of software and internally developed IP. 

1.  CAGR growth covers the eight year period between FY10 and FY18.

£M
160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Quantum 

and IMMC

acquired

£140M 

£76M

Link
acquired

Totect
acquired

Foscavir bag
line extension
£101M

£54M

£123M

£65M

FY16

FY17

FY18

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201819

OUR HISTORICAL PERFORMANCE

OUR FUTURE

2018
Extended partnership 
agreement signed with 
BMS leading to the transfer 
of marketing authorisations 
in South Africa from BMS 
to Clinigen

THE DEVELOPMENT OF CLINIGEN

Adjusted gross profit

Adjusted EBITDA

£M

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

Group

formed

Foscavir

acquired

£7M

FY10

£16M

FY11

List on AIM

£29M

£17M

FY12

Cardioxane

acquired

£35M

£20M

FY13

Savene and

Ethyol

acquired

£41M

£25M

FY14

IDIS

acquired

£54M

£30M

FY15

Quantum 
and IMMC
acquired
£140M 

£76M

Link
acquired

Totect
acquired

Foscavir bag
line extension
£101M

£54M

£123M

£65M

FY16

FY17

FY18

The Group has a strong track record of growth, delivering double 
digit gross profit and EBITDA growth, year-on-year, since its 
inception in 2010. The Group must continue to build scale and 
capability to enable it to deliver strong shareholder returns in the 
future. The following are the key areas which will drive future growth 
allowing the Group to achieve its aspirations.

EMBRACE DIGITAL INNOVATION

The Group’s ERP system will drive operational efficiency and 
allow the Group to compete on a global scale. Once the ERP is 
implemented in 2019, and with further enhancements, the benefits 
of the Group’s customisable, scalable web portal, Cliniport, can be 
fully utilised.

 Read more on pages 28 to 29

EXTEND GEOGRAPHICAL FOOTPRINT

A key focus for the Group is to extend its global footprint further 
into remaining key markets. This means shipping product into new 
geographies as well as extending services and products into the 
Group’s current markets.

 Read more on pages 26 to 27

DEVELOP STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS

The Group has built partnerships with pharmaceutical companies 
both with its owned-product portfolio, where it owns the product, 
but also with its licensed product portfolio, where the Group holds 
the marketing authorisation. These partnerships are becoming more 
important as pharmaceutical companies rationalise both their 
products and their territories and are looking for a partner to help 
fully realise their commercial aspirations.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201820

OUR  
STRATEGY

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

PRIORITY

2018 PROGRESS

TECHNOLOGY
2

Upgrade technology 
platform to drive 
organic growth

 – Growth of Cliniport 

(proprietary web-based 
operating system) enabling  
the Group to better interact 
with the customer

 – Several key modules of 

ClinigenOne ERP implemented

CULTURE
1

Develop and retain 
talented people

 – 47 employees across UK, US 
and South Africa completed 
the Clinigen Management 
Academy training program
 – Implementation of the global 
intranet, ClinigenConnect, 
connecting all employees 
globally to online learning 
resources and recognition 
initiatives

 – Access to e-learning portal 

and online language learning 
extended to all employees 
globally

CUSTOMER

BUSINESS

3

Expand and embed 

a global community 

of customers and 

opinion leaders

Expand portfolio of 

Become the ‘go to’ 

acquired, global and 

leader in ethical 

Extend global 

footprint into 

regional assets

access to unlicensed 

remaining key  

medicines

markets

 – Growth of Cliniport 

 – Acquisition of Quantum 

 – Acquisition of Quantum 

 – Acquired IMMC, Japan’s largest 

(proprietary web-based 

accelerates our UL2L 

strengthens market-leading 

supplier of unlicensed medicines

operating system) enabling the 

medicines global strategy

position

 – Totect launched in US through 

Group to better interact with 

 – Acquisition of Proleukin and 

 – Further ‘on-demand’ exclusive 

strategic alliance with Cumberland

the customer

Imukin in July 2018 strengthen 

supply agreements won

 – Agreement with Eisai to launch 

Halaven and Fycompa and 

Lenvima into ten African countries

our offering in Commercial 

Medicines

 – Extended partnership 

agreement signed with BMS 

leading to the transfer of 

marketing authorisations in 

South Africa from BMS to 

Clinigen

 – Agreement with Eisai to launch 

Halaven® and Fycompa® and 

Lenvima® into ten African 

 – Registration of Garsun® in 

countries

South Africa

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Spend per head on training and 
development:

Number of products  
on Cliniport:

on Cliniport:

Number of registered users  

Number of local, regional and 

Number of exclusive supply 

£441

420

global assets under 

management1:

232

180

197

agreements in Unlicensed 

Medicines2:

208

136

138

2017

2018

2016

2017

2018

2016

2017

2018

11,267

6,593

3,037

2016

2019 OBJECTIVES

 – Obtain Investors in People 

 – Complete implementation  

reaccreditation

of ClinigenOne ERP

 – Launch a bespoke leadership 
development program with 
external recognition

 – Embed Cliniport functionality 
including extended RWD 
capability into ClinigenOne

 – Increase amount of activity 

 – Convert UL2L opportunities in 

 – Drive further operational 

 – Utilising EU footprint through 

through Cliniport

Europe, Africa and Asia Pacific

synergies within Unlicensed 

acquisition of iQone

 – Continue to expand the 

 – Prepare Foscavir bag line 

Medicines

 – Develop capability through 

number of users on Cliniport

extension for launch in 2019

 – Raise awareness of threat of 

partnerships in LATAM and 

 – Drive KOL, hospital pharmacist 

 – Transfer Commercial 

counterfeit medicines

Middle East

 – Upgrade to online 

performance, development 
and talent management 
system incorporating peer 
to peer feedback

 – Implement a global online 

recruitment and onboarding 
platform

and pharmacy group 

Medicines product marketing 

engagement across markets

authorisations to Clinigen

 – Continue to search for 

selective product acquisitions

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

CULTURE

TECHNOLOGY

1

2

PRIORITY

Develop and retain 

Upgrade technology 

talented people

platform to drive 

organic growth

2018 PROGRESS

 – 47 employees across UK, US 

 – Growth of Cliniport 

and South Africa completed 

(proprietary web-based 

the Clinigen Management 

Academy training program

operating system) enabling  

the Group to better interact 

 – Implementation of the global 

with the customer

 – Several key modules of 

ClinigenOne ERP implemented

intranet, ClinigenConnect, 

connecting all employees 

globally to online learning 

resources and recognition 

initiatives

 – Access to e-learning portal 

and online language learning 

extended to all employees 

globally

21

CUSTOMER
3

BUSINESS
4

5

6

Expand and embed 
a global community 
of customers and 
opinion leaders

 – Growth of Cliniport 

(proprietary web-based 
operating system) enabling the 
Group to better interact with 
the customer

Expand portfolio of 
acquired, global and 
regional assets

Become the ‘go to’ 
leader in ethical 
access to unlicensed 
medicines

Extend global 
footprint into 
remaining key  
markets

 – Acquisition of Quantum 

strengthens market-leading 
position

 – Acquired IMMC, Japan’s largest 
supplier of unlicensed medicines

 – Totect launched in US through 

 – Further ‘on-demand’ exclusive 

strategic alliance with Cumberland

supply agreements won

 – Agreement with Eisai to launch 
Halaven and Fycompa and 
Lenvima into ten African countries

 – Acquisition of Quantum 
accelerates our UL2L 
medicines global strategy
 – Acquisition of Proleukin and 

Imukin in July 2018 strengthen 
our offering in Commercial 
Medicines

 – Extended partnership 

agreement signed with BMS 
leading to the transfer of 
marketing authorisations in 
South Africa from BMS to 
Clinigen

 – Agreement with Eisai to launch 
Halaven® and Fycompa® and 
Lenvima® into ten African 
countries

 – Registration of Garsun® in 

South Africa

KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

Spend per head on training and 

Number of products  

development:

£441

on Cliniport:

420

Number of registered users  
on Cliniport:

Number of local, regional and 
global assets under 
management1:

Number of exclusive supply 
agreements in Unlicensed 
Medicines2:

Adjusted gross profit by region 2013

11%

32%

49%

8%

11,267

6,593

232

180

197

208

UK

Europe

US

RoW

136

138

Adjusted gross profit by region 2018

3,037

2016

2017

2018

2016

2017

2018

2016

2017

2018

UK

Europe

US

RoW

28%

22%

26%

24%

2019 OBJECTIVES

 – Obtain Investors in People 

 – Complete implementation  

reaccreditation

of ClinigenOne ERP

 – Launch a bespoke leadership 

 – Embed Cliniport functionality 

 – Increase amount of activity 

through Cliniport

 – Convert UL2L opportunities in 
Europe, Africa and Asia Pacific

 – Continue to expand the 

 – Prepare Foscavir bag line 

synergies within Unlicensed 
Medicines

 – Drive further operational 

 – Utilising EU footprint through 

acquisition of iQone

 – Develop capability through 
partnerships in LATAM and 
Middle East

development program with 

external recognition

 – Upgrade to online 

performance, development 

and talent management 

system incorporating peer 

to peer feedback

 – Implement a global online 

recruitment and onboarding 

platform

including extended RWD 

capability into ClinigenOne

number of users on Cliniport
 – Drive KOL, hospital pharmacist 

and pharmacy group 
engagement across markets

extension for launch in 2019

 – Raise awareness of threat of 

 – Transfer Commercial 

counterfeit medicines

Medicines product marketing 
authorisations to Clinigen

 – Continue to search for 

selective product acquisitions

1.  Number of local, regional and global assets under management includes all products in the Commercial Medicines portfolio.
2.  Number of exclusive supply agreements includes Managed Access Programs, exclusive ‘on-demand’ access client supply agreements  

and exclusive customer supply agreements in Quantum.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201822

KEY PERFORMANCE 
INDICATORS

FINANCIAL 

OUR PERFORMANCE IS MEASURED 
AGAINST A NUMBER OF KPI TARGETS

Our performance is measured against a number of KPI 
targets. These KPIs contribute to the success of the Group 
and form a component of the Executive Directors’ and 
senior management’s incentives.

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT (£M)

ADJUSTED EBITDA (£M)

140.1

140.1

122.8

100.7

76.0

14%

53.7

41.2

76.0

65.1

53.7

17%

30.0

25.0

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Why we measure it: Adjusted gross profit is viewed by the Board as 
the best measure of top line performance. It allows management to 
assess the performance of the business after removing transactions 
that are not reflective of the routine business operations.

Why we measure it: Adjusted EBITDA provides management with 
an approximation of cash generation from operating activities after 
removing transactions that are not reflective of the routine business 
operations.

Performance: Adjusted gross profit increased by 14%, driven by an 
excellent performance by Commercial Medicines and eight months’ 
contribution from Quantum.

Performance: Adjusted EBITDA increased 17% benefitting from 
the increase in gross profit, good operational leverage, and robust 
cost control.

ADJUSTED BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE (PENCE)

45.4

10%

33.4

22.8

25.6

45.4

41.8

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Why we measure it: Adjusted EPS growth allows management to 
assess the post-tax underlying performance of the business in 
combination with the impact of capital structure actions on the share 
base.

Performance: Adjusted EPS increased 10% reflecting the Group’s 
higher adjusted profit from operations, partially offset by dilution 
and higher finance costs following the acquisitions.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201823

NON-FINANCIAL

NUMBER OF LOCAL, REGIONAL AND GLOBAL ASSETS  
UNDER MANAGEMENT1

NUMBER OF EXCLUSIVE SUPPLY AGREEMENTS IN  
UNLICENSED MEDICINES2

232

18%

232

197

180

208

51%

208

136

138

2016

2017

2018

2016

2017

2018

Why we measure it: Measures the quantity of products in the 
Commercial Medicines portfolio, demonstrating the business’s 
potential for future growth.

Why we measure it: Measures the quantity of exclusive supply 
agreements in Unlicensed Medicines, demonstrating the business’s 
potential for future growth.

Performance: Growth in the number of products in the portfolio was 
driven by an increase in the number of local marketed licences and 
branded generic products in the Africa and Asia Pacific region and 
from the products acquired as a result of Quantum.

Performance: Growth of products in the portfolio was driven as a 
result of the Quantum acquisition.

COMMUNITY OF REGISTERED USERS ON CLINIPORT

11,267

11,267

6,593

3,037

2016

2017

2018

Why we measure it: Measures the progress made in building a 
community of HCPs and pharmaceutical and biotech clients.

Performance: Growth has been driven by an increase in the number 
of assets under management and exclusive supply agreements.

1.  Number of local, regional and global assets under management includes all products in the Commercial Medicines portfolio.
2.  Number of exclusive supply agreements includes Managed Access Programs, exclusive ‘on-demand’ access client supply agreements and exclusive 

customer supply agreements in Quantum.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201824

QUANTUM’S DEVELOPED 
PRODUCTS PIPELINE
4+6

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

THE ACQUISITION OF QUANTUM IN NOVEMBER 2017 ADDED 
COMPLEMENTARY CAPABILITY IN UNLICENSED MEDICINES  
AND PROVIDED A PIPELINE OF PRODUCTS AND IN-HOUSE  
DEVELOPMENT CAPABILITIES IN COMMERCIAL MEDICINES

PIPELINE PRODUCTS

DEVELOPED  
PRODUCTS

13
16
VALUE1> £35M

TOTAL  
PEAK  
ASSET  

PRODUCTS BY THERAPY AREA

44%

56%

Nervous system

Other

PRODUCTS BY TIME TO LAUNCH

4

7

5

< 1year

1–2 years

2–3 years

PIPELINE – PRODUCT SIZE AND TIME TO LAUNCH

>£3M

£2M

£1M

£0M

1

e
u
l
a
v
t
e
s
s
a
k
a
e
P

1 YEAR

2 YEARS

Time to launch

3 YEARS

Products are determined by active pharmaceutical ingredient and may include multiple 
formulations/presentations and strengths. 
1.  Peak asset value is the annualised gross profit based on the gross profit from the single 

highest month. 

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 
 
25

REGULATORY APPROVAL PROCESS
Supplying products on an unlicensed basis allows 
the Group to identify where unmet medical need and 
patient demand is high. Once identified, these products 
are then assessed for technical and commercial 
feasibility to determine their suitability to add to the 
commercialisation pipeline.

Using the Group’s in-house product development 
capabilities, regulatory and commercialisation expertise, 
these products are developed and then submitted 
through the regulatory approval process, to demonstrate 
their safety, efficacy and quality. This type of 
development requires less time and investment than the 
development of innovative new medicines and also 
benefits from more rapid uptake on commercial launch 
as it is fulfilling what was unmet clinical need. However, 
they remain complicated developments and could 
typically take up to three years before the products can 
be commercialised. If the development is successful, 
products are granted a marketing authorisation and are 
added to our current developed products portfolio 
where the Group is able to market the product, by selling 
directly to wholesalers or by utilising its global supply 
and distribution infrastructure.

PIPELINE
The Group’s strong market position in the supply of 
unlicensed medicines, in-house product development 
capabilities and regulatory approval expertise, are key 
differentiators, presenting it with excellent growth 
opportunities. At the half year, the Group reported it 
had over 50 individual product presentations in the 
commercialisation pipeline in either active development 
or ongoing submission. When these products of variable 
strengths and dosages are consolidated into their active 
pharmaceutical ingredient, there were 16 products at the 
end of the year with an estimated annualised peak asset 
value in excess of £35m. The peak asset value is the 
annualised gross profit based on the gross profit from 
the single highest month. There are currently four 
products in the pipeline that are due to be launched in 
the next year, a further seven in the next two years and 
a further five in the next three years.

PRODUCTS
In addition to those in the pipeline, there are currently 
13 products in the developed products portfolio which 
have passed through the regulatory approval process. 
The most significant of which is Glyco, launched in 
August 2016. During the year, adjusted gross profit 
associated with these developed products contributed 
£7.8m to the Commercial Medicines business operation.

Each of these products have in the past been developed 
primarily for the UK market. However, with the Group’s 
global supply and distribution infrastructure, these 
products can be reviewed for international opportunities 
for unlicensed supply or local approval and registration. 
In addition, the Group can utilise its knowledge of 
medicines, particularly in the Africa and Asia Pacific 
region, to identify products for development with an 
unmet medical need.

CLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201826

EXTENDING GLOBAL
FOOTPRINT
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES 3+4+5+6
SINCE IPO IN 2012, THE GROUP HAS BECOME INCREASINGLY GEOGRAPHICALLY 
DIVERSE THROUGH BOTH ORGANIC GROWTH, PARTNERSHIPS AND ACQUISITIONS. 
EXTENDING THE GLOBAL FOOTPRINT INTO REMAINING MARKETS IS A KEY 
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVE FOR THE GROUP

HEADCOUNT

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT BY REGION 2013

255

11%

32%

49%

8%

UK

Europe

US

RoW

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT BY REGION 2018

594

1.  RoW includes all countries outside UK, Europe and the US.
2.  Other includes UK, Europe and the US.

UK

Europe

US

RoW

28%

22%

26%

24%

International

UK

LOCAL  
MARKETED  
LICENCES

214

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201827

The acquisition of Link in 2015 provided 
the Group with an immediate growth 
opportunity by extending its presence 
in the Africa and Asia Pacific region.

ASIA PACIFIC
The Group has subsequently made further steps 
strengthening its infrastructure in the region by 
launching an office in Japan in 2016, obtaining a 
wholesale licence in Hong Kong in 2017 and during 
the year, acquired IMMC, Japan’s largest supplier of 
unlicensed medicines. The acquisition of IMMC adds to 
Clinigen’s existing footprint in the country and is part 
of the strategy to become the ‘go to’ global leader in 
ethical access to unlicensed medicines, allowing it to 
better address unmet patient needs.

AFRICA
In Africa, building on the relationship established 
with Eisai in the supply and distribution of unlicensed 
medicines, a further agreement was signed in the year to 
launch Halaven, Fycompa and Lenvima into ten African 
countries, helping to address the unmet medical needs 
of patients and their families across southern Africa.

In addition the Group signed an extended partnership 
in May 2018 with BMS to supply its portfolio of products 
in South Africa. The partnership will lead to the Group 
taking on the marketing authorisations (product 
registration certificates) from BMS for a period of five 
years. Many pharmaceutical and biotechnology 
companies are increasingly looking for specialist 
partners to work with them in non-core markets. The 
Group’s global supply and distribution infrastructure 
now gives us more opportunities to provide our clients 
and customers with our global expertise combined with 
local knowledge.

US
In the US the Group has established an East Coast 
presence in its CTS and Unlicensed Medicines business 
operations. It has also formed strategic alliances to assist 
in the supply and distribution of its owned products in 
the Commercial Medicines business operation. Foscavir, 
Ethyol and Totect are all now available in the US helping 
to ensure patients can access these vital medicines and 
driving sales in a key strategic market.

The above geographical regions are key to the Group’s 
success in driving organic growth and demonstrate 
how it is building out market leadership positions to 
better address unmet patient needs for access to 
critical medicines.

CLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201828

BUILDING SCALE  
THROUGH CLINIPORT
2+3+5

STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES

CLINIPORT IS THE GROUP’S CUSTOMISABLE, SCALABLE WEB  
PORTAL WHICH HAS BECOME AN INVALUABLE PART OF OUR  
SERVICE OFFERING FOR OUR CLIENTS AND FURTHER STRENGTHENS 
OUR MARKET PROPOSITION AND INTERACTION WITH THE CUSTOMER

CLINIPORT DRIVING MARKET SHARE

EXCLUSIVE PRODUCTS

 NON-EXCLUSIVE PRODUCTS

CLINIPORT

Quantum products2

> 2,500
> 1,000

‘on-demand’  
access products

MAPs1

110
39

‘on-demand’ access 
agreements

7
13

acquired products

developed products

•  Increase number of exclusive agreements

•  Broaden non-exclusive product range

T
N
E
S
E
R
P

Y
G
E
T
A
R
T
S

Products

420
> 11,000 

Registered users

32,000

Orders placed  
in last 12 months

PHARMA   
& BIOTECH   
CLIENTS

HEALTHCARE   
PROFESSIONALS 

•  Increase number 
of users driven 
by exclusivity 
of product 
and marketing 
awareness

1.  MAPs are Managed Access Programs.
2.  Quantum products are individual stock keeping units (‘SKU’).

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201829

Cliniport was designed for use by both 
our pharmaceutical and biotech clients, 
to be able to access real-time live and 
historic data for their early access 
programs, and the HCP customer, to 
be able to place orders for the relevant 
medicines from the library of over 
400 products.

The Group has built a portfolio of products where it has 
exclusive agreements with the owner of the product, to 
be able to supply and distribute their medicines. This 
means the customer has to come to Clinigen to be able 
to access the product. These exclusive agreements 
include those from both the early access and ‘on-
demand’ access businesses in Unlicensed Medicines, 
and from the acquired products and developed 
products which we own in Commercial Medicines. 
In addition, we have over 250 of the highest demand 
products on Cliniport which we supply and distribute 
on a non-exclusive basis.

Not only does this drive traffic and demand for these 
products, but it also helps build the community of 
registered users or customers on Cliniport, an important 
KPI for the Group. Currently, we have over 10,000 
customers and over 500 clients registered on Cliniport. 
Building the customer community in particular will 
further strengthen our market proposition.

In the future, the strategy is to increase the number 
of exclusive agreements where the customer can only 
access the product through Clinigen and Cliniport, and 
to broaden the number of non-exclusive products in 
the library. Providing access to products on Cliniport  
will then help to drive market awareness in the  
customer community.

The development of Cliniport since launching it in 2017, 
demonstrates the demand we have seen from both our 
clients and customers. We believe that Cliniport through 
its scalability, will support our current geographical 
infrastructure and future growth ambitions in the 
coming years.

CLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201830

COMMERCIAL 
MEDICINES

Benjamin was promoted to Senior Vice 
President of Commercial Medicines in 
March 2018. Benjamin’s roles include 
both the global management of 
Clinigen’s Commercial Medicines 
division and the strategic development 
of the Group’s UL2L. This has already 
proved successful in South Africa, with 
Clinigen launching Eisai products and, 
following the acquisition of Quantum 
in 2017, Clinigen seeks to expand 
these capabilities further. Benjamin’s 
promotion also marks the first senior 
management appointment of a former 
Link employee following its acquisition 
in 2015. This demonstrates the 
importance of these geographic 
markets to the Group and the strategic 
significance of licensed medicines to 
Clinigen as a whole.

BENJAMIN MINY
Senior Vice President of 
Commercial Medicines

Clinigen’s Commercial Medicines operation has a three-
fold strategy. It acquires global rights to niche hospital-
only and critical care products and revitalises them back 
to sustained growth. It provides access to licensed and 
branded generic medicines as a commercial partner of the 
owner/innovator in regions such as Africa and Asia Pacific. 
In addition, it has an ‘UL2L strategy, where it looks to 
take unlicensed medicines with commercial potential and 
develops them into licenced medicines, helping to address 
unmet medical need.

Commercial Medicines represents 46% of adjusted Group 
gross profit. This operation was the biggest driver of 
Group profit, increasing adjusted gross profit by 35% due 
to an excellent performance across most of the portfolio 
and eight months’ contribution from Quantum. Adjusted 
gross profit on a constant currency basis increased by 
37% compared to last year. 

Gross margin was 72.7% (2017: 71.3%) with the increase 
due to the change in mix towards higher margin products.

NUMBER OF LOCAL, 
REGIONAL AND GLOBAL 
ASSETS UNDER 

MANAGEMENT1 232

MARKET DRIVERS

 – Portfolio rationalising by large 
pharmaceutical companies
 – Clients increasingly looking to 

rationalise territories and partner 
with regional specialists to manage 
the lifecycle of products
 – Increasing pressure to have 

unlicensed products available as 
licensed products by regulatory 
authorities, HCPs and patients to 
improve access

CLINIGEN RESPONSE AND DIFFERENTIATORS

 – Broad and embedded relationships 
with pharmaceutical companies

 – Proven revitalisation capability
 – Expert pharmacovigilance, quality 

management knowledge and 
understanding of complexity of 
regulatory environment

 – Capability to convert unlicensed 
medicines to licensed medicines

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSAcquired products portfolio
Following the year end, in July 2018, 
the Group acquired two further 
medicines, bringing its portfolio of 
acquired, global, specialty medicines 
undergoing revitalisation to seven. 
The Group acquired the global rights 
outside the US to Proleukin from 
Novartis and acquired the global 
rights outside the US, Canada and 
Japan to Imukin from Horizon 
Pharma. Proleukin is indicated for use 
in metastatic renal cell carcinoma, as 
well as for metastatic melanoma in 
certain markets. Imukin is licensed to 
reduce the frequency of serious 
infections in patients with CGD and 
for the treatment of SMO.

These acquisitions both fit with the 
Group’s strategy of acquiring global 
rights to niche hospital-only and 
critical care products and revitalising 
them back to sustained growth. In 
addition, they mark an extension to 
the previous acquisition strategy for 
global specialty medicines as they are 
biologics and therefore have inbuilt 
future generic protection. It is 
expected that both Proleukin and 
Imukin will add incrementally to gross 
profit in 2019 with the full benefit of 
revitalisation occurring from 2020.

During the year, the core five 
products which cover two therapy 
areas (oncology support and 
infectious disease), underwent further 
revitalisation and contributed 66% of 
Commercial Medicines’ adjusted gross 
profit (2017: 75%). The decrease in the 
relative percentage is due to the eight 
months’ contribution from Quantum 
in the current year and demonstrates 
further breadth to the Group’s 
product portfolio.

Foscavir is an anti-viral used to 
treat cytomegalovirus (‘CMV’) 
viraemia and infection primarily in 
bone marrow transplant patients. 
Foscavir achieved strong growth 
in the year, benefiting from a good 
underlying performance across 
its major geographies, and from 
driving direct to hospital business 
in Europe. Foscavir now represents 
45% of Commercial Medicines’ 
adjusted gross profit (2017: 53%).

31

SHARE OF ADJUSTED GROUP GROSS PROFIT

46%

UNITS SHIPPED

2.1M

COUNTRIES SHIPPED TO

53

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT BY PORTFOLIO

66%

22%

12%

Acquired products portfolio2
Licensed products portfolio3
Developed products portfolio4

REVENUE BY REGION

31%

28%

41%

Europe

Americas

Africa and Asia Pacific

PRIORITIES

 – Continued revitalisation of existing 

products, particularly those 
recently acquired

 – Development of the Quantum 

pipeline and further conversion of 
UL2L medicines

 – Further licensing and distributing 

regional products

 – Add further products to portfolio

REVENUE (£M)

£87.9M

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT (£M)

£64.0M +35%

GROSS PROFIT (%)

72.7% +1.4%

1.  Number of local, regional and global assets 
under management includes all products in 
the Commercial Medicines portfolio.

2.  Acquired products refers to Foscavir, Ethyol, 

Cardioxane, Savene and Totect.

3.  Licensed products refers to the local 

marketed licenses including branded and 
generic products in the Africa and Asia 
Pacific region.

4.  Developed products refers to the commercial 

products in Quantum.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201832

COMMERCIAL 
MEDICINES

CONTINUED

“THIS OPERATION WAS THE BIGGEST 
DRIVER OF GROUP PROFIT, INCREASING 
ADJUSTED GROSS PROFITS BY 35% DUE 
TO AN EXCELLENT PERFORMANCE 
ACROSS MOST OF THE PORTFOLIO 
AND EIGHT MONTHS’ CONTRIBUTION 
FROM QUANTUM.”

Following on from the agreements 
announced in the first half of the year 
to register Garsun in South Africa and 
the extension to the agreement with 
Eisai to launch three products into 
ten African countries, the Group also 
announced in May 2018 an extended 
partnership agreement with BMS. The 
agreement will lead to the transfer of 
marketing authorisations (product 
registration certificates) in South 
Africa, from BMS to Clinigen. This 
agreement demonstrates the long 
and successful relationship the Group 
has built with BMS, which began with 
providing access to BMS’ unlicensed 
products globally and has grown with 
Clinigen’s expansion into important 
future growth markets. 

Each of the agreements above 
demonstrate that the Group is 
increasingly becoming a partner of 
choice to pharmaceutical companies, 
both in Africa and around the world, 
in the supply and distribution of 
their products.

Developed products portfolio
The commercial business within 
Quantum develops, licenses and 
commercialises medicines with a 
particular focus on those currently 
prescribed as unlicensed medicines. 
At the end of the year, the business 
had 13 commercialised products 
in its portfolio. The performance 
across most the portfolio was 
strong with the business’s main 
product Glyco, performing well in 
the eight months since acquisition. 

In February 2018, the MHLW 
(‘Ministry of Health, Labour and 
Welfare’) agreed to a price increase in 
Japan for Foscavir, the first such 
increase since launching the product 
there in 2010 and aligning the price 
closer to other key territories.

Sales of Cardioxane demonstrated 
strong growth, in part as a result of 
increased usage following the 
approval from the European 
Commission in August 2017 to modify 
its current product information and 
change its guidance for paediatric 
use. The Group continues to work 
with physicians to expand the clinical 
understanding of the recent 
Cardioxane label changes and the 
introduction of new sarcoma 
treatments that demand increased 
anthracycline and Cardioxane use. 
This is expected to lead to a 
significant increase in usage of 
Cardioxane in the medium term.

Following the US launch in 
September 2017, sales of Totect 
benefited from a manufacturing 
shortage of a competitor product. 
Whilst this benefit was temporary 
and sales have now normalised, 
this has enabled Totect to 
accelerate gains in market share.

Licensed products portfolio
Excellent progress was made in the 
Africa and Asia Pacific region, with 
growth across all geographies. 
The Group has 214 specialist 
pharmaceutical and medical-
technology actively marketed 
licensed products including both 
branded and generic products in 
this region and continues to make 
progress in extending the commercial 
strategy in converting unlicensed 
medicines to licensed medicines.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201833

The priorities for Commercial 
Medicines are: continued revitalisation 
of existing products, particularly 
those recently acquired, seeking 
selective product acquisitions that fit 
within the portfolio, extending the 
commercial strategy of licensing and 
distributing regional products, the 
development of the Quantum pipeline 
and further conversion of UL2L 
medicines.

“EXCELLENT PROGRESS WAS MADE IN 
THE AFRICA AND ASIA PACIFIC REGION, 
WITH GROWTH ACROSS ALL 
GEOGRAPHIES.”

Quantum also has a pipeline 
of UL2L products, as well as 
complementary, larger, niche 
generic products across several 
therapeutic areas that the Group 
aims to commercialise. At the half 
year, the Group reported it had over 
50 individual product presentations 
in the commercialisation pipeline in 
either active development or ongoing 
submission. When these products 
of variable strengths and dosages 
are consolidated into their active 
pharmaceutical ingredient, there 
were 16 products at the end of the 
year in the pipeline at different stages 
of development. These products 
typically can take up to three years 
to develop before becoming licensed. 
If the development is successful, 
products are granted a marketing 
authorisation and are added to 
the current Commercial Medicines 
portfolio. The Group is then able 
to market the product, by selling 
directly to wholesalers or by utilising 
its global supply and distribution 
infrastructure. There are currently 
four products in the pipeline that 
are due to be launched in the next 
year and up to 12 further products 
over the next two to three years.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201834

UNLICENSED 
MEDICINES

James joined Clinigen in September 
2018 as the Senior Vice President of 
Unlicensed Medicines. James was 
appointed to build on the foundations 
already in place in the Unlicensed 
Medicines business operation 
and to realise the potential of this 
global business. James is a senior 
pharmaceutical executive with a 
long-term track record of building 
and developing high-performing 
teams. He has held a number of 
senior commercial and operational 
roles in the industry. At Pfizer, James 
managed the local market access 
teams and in his most recent role with 
Astellas, was Senior Vice President 
for Marketing and Market Access 
across Europe, Middle East and 
Africa, linking the marketing strategy 
to the market access capability.

JAMES WINTERMAN
Senior Vice President of 
Unlicensed Medicines

Clinigen is the global leader in ethically sourcing and 
supplying unlicensed medicines to hospital pharmacists 
and physicians for patients with a high unmet medical 
need. The Group manages early access programs to 
innovative new medicines, provides ‘on-demand’ access 
globally to medicines which remain unlicensed at the point 
of care, and through Quantum, manufactures, procures 
and supplies unlicensed medicines.

The Unlicensed Medicines operation represents 44% of 
adjusted Group gross profit. Gross profit increased by 19%, 
benefiting from eight months’ contribution from the 
related business within Quantum and IMMC. Adjusted 
gross profit on a constant currency basis increased by 21% 
compared to last year. 

During the year this operation shipped 1.9m units of drugs 
across 104 countries.

NUMBER OF 
MANAGED ACCESS 
PROGRAMS

110

MARKET DRIVERS

 – Increased role of patient advocacy 

groups

 – Clients increasingly requiring a 

global solution
 – Demand for RWD
 – Clients increasingly wanting a 
partner to manage supply and 
distribution beyond early access

CLINIGEN RESPONSE AND DIFFERENTIATORS

 – Consultation capability to advise  

of policy

 – Global supply chain and 
distribution network

 – Online proprietary medicines 

access platform

 – Ability to manage unlicensed 
supply from early access to  
‘on-demand’ access

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSREVENUE (£M)

£215.6M

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT (£M)

£62.1M +19%

Early access
In early access, the Group is the 
global market leader in providing 
exclusive, ethical worldwide 
access to the most promising 
innovative medicines on behalf 
of pharmaceutical and biotech 
companies in disease areas where 
there is a high unmet patient need. 
These disease areas are typically in 
oncology, central nervous system, 
infectious disease, immunology 
and orphan disease. These early 
access initiatives are called Managed 
Access Programs (‘MAPs’).

At the end of year, there were 110 
MAPs (2017: 107), of which 92% of 
products shipped on behalf of the 
client were provided free of charge 
to patients. When the product is 
‘charged for’, the revenue is passed 
through the Group’s accounts. A 
shift in mix towards ‘free of charge’ 
products can have a material impact 
on the revenue generated without 
affecting gross profit which is why 
the Group views gross profit as the 
best measure of top-line growth.

As indicated at the half year results, 
the early access business within 
Unlicensed Medicines was affected by 
its two largest programs coming to 
the natural end of their lifecycle  
which was partially offset by 15 new 
programs beginning in the second 
half. There has subsequently been a 
number of further programs which 
have started in the first quarter of the 
new financial year which has provided 
the business with good momentum 
and is expected to drive a strong 
performance this financial year.

‘On-demand’ access
In ‘on-demand’ access, the Group 
ethically supplies unlicensed or short 
supply medicines to patients, via 
their physicians.

Further progress was made against 
the key objective of increasing the 
number of ‘on-demand’ exclusive 
supply agreements for high demand 
or niche medicines. During the year, 
the number of these agreements 
increased to 39 (2017: 31) covering 
52 products (2017: 35).

On a regional basis, the Africa and 
Asia Pacific region delivered solid 
growth, after a number of products 
converted into the Commercial 
Medicines portfolio via the UL2L 
pathway. The process of converting 
products from UL2L demonstrates 
the value to the Group in having this 
differentiated capability.

The Unlicensed Medicines business 
of Quantum performed in line with 
management’s expectations.

The Group’s strategy for Unlicensed 
Medicines remains unchanged: to 
capitalise on the considerable 
long-term international opportunity 
by increasing the number of exclusive 
supply agreements for high demand 
or niche products and to increase 
Clinigen’s profile amongst hospital 
pharmacists and physicians through 
targeted marketing activity.

35

SHARE OF ADJUSTED GROUP GROSS PROFIT

44%

UNITS SHIPPED

1.9M

COUNTRIES SHIPPED TO

104

NUMBER OF EXCLUSIVE SUPPLY AGREEMENTS1

208

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT BY PRODUCT

22%

78%

Top 10 products

Other products

UNITS SHIPPED BY REGION

67%

Europe

Americas

Africa and Asia Pacific

32%

PRIORITIES

 – Increase number of exclusive 

supply agreements

 – Further strengthen client and 

customer relationships

 – Drive international expansion
 – Leverage Group sourcing and 

procurement capability

1.  Number of exclusive supply agreements 

includes 110 MAPs (2017: 107), 39 exclusive 
‘on-demand’ access client supply agreements 
(2017: 31) and 59 exclusive customer supply 
agreements in Quantum (2017: nil).

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201836

CLINICAL TRIAL 
SERVICES

Terry joined Clinigen in March 2018 as 
the Senior Vice President of CTS. Terry 
was appointed with the aim of better 
positioning and strengthening the CTS 
business in the US and to drive the 
future development of the business 
globally. Terry joined from GSK where 
he held a number of senior leadership 
roles in Clinical Trial Supply Chain, 
Outsourcing and External Drug 
Discovery, US Managed Markets and 
Comparator Management. Whilst at 
GSK, he was seconded to 
TransCelerate Biopharma Inc., the 
not-for-profit pharma industry 
collaboration organisation, where he 
created the Comparator Purchasing 
Network. Terry is considered an 
industry-wide expert in comparator 
sourcing strategies.

TERRY WALSH
Senior Vice President of CTS

CTS is the global market leader in the specialist supply 
and management of quality-assured comparator 
medicines and services to clinical trials and IITs.

Following two years of double digit growth (2017: 18%; 
2016: 21%), CTS had a challenging year, with adjusted 
gross profits, representing 10% of adjusted Group gross 
profit, decreasing 40%. Adjusted gross profit on a 
constant currency basis also decreased by 40% compared 
to last year.

Although the breadth of activity was good, with the 
business serving 100 clients in the year (2017: 93 clients), 
CTS did not have the usual number of bigger programs 
that normally represent an important part of the divisions’ 
gross profit. Three clients generated more than £1m in 
gross profit (2017: six), contributing 48% of the division’s 
gross profit (2017: 80%). The gross margin of 18% 
decreased versus prior year (2017: 21%) due to the change 
in mix towards lower margin products and activity.

NUMBER OF 
CLIENTS

100

MARKET DRIVERS

 – Growth in IITs
 – Efficacy to be shown against latest 

marketed product

 – Clients increasingly require more 

complex solutions

 – Speed to market launch is 

becoming a priority

CLINIGEN RESPONSE AND DIFFERENTIATORS

 – Global supply chain and 
distribution network

 – Certify product for authenticity
 – Expanded services and IIT offering
 – Broad and embedded relationships 
with pharmaceutical companies

 – Supply chain expertise

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSREVENUE (£M)

£77.7M

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT (£M)

£14.0M -40%

CTS continues to make progress in 
developing complementary services 
to the core offering and targeting 
attractive segments of the broader 
clinical trials markets such as IITs; 
a key strategic objective for the 
business. The gross profit from 
expanded added value services, 
which are intended to deepen 
relationships with clients and 
reinforce CTS’ market leader status, 
contributed 10% of the operation’s 
total gross profit (2017: 4%).

In March 2018, the Group 
strengthened the leadership of the 
CTS business by appointing Terry 
Walsh as Senior Vice President of 
CTS. Terry has already had a positive 
effect on the business, helping to 
drive an improved performance in 
the second half. Following the actions 
being taken to improve performance 
and a strengthened pipeline, the 
business is now better positioned to 
drive growth in the new financial year.

The market remains dynamic with 
clients demanding ever more global 
and complex solutions and the 
service niche within clinical trials 
that Clinigen has historically offered 
remains a highly competitive market. 
CTS has established a leading 
position in the market as a trusted 
partner capable of delivering high 
quality service across the world with 
an extensive understanding of the 
complex regulatory environment. 
These strengths, combined with 
the strategy of overlaying the core 
service offering with added value 
services, position the operation 
to take advantage of the rapidly 
developing market opportunity.

The strategy with CTS remains 
unchanged, to extend the service 
offering and increase its capabilities 
in faster growing segments of the 
clinical trials space, particularly 
supporting the growth in IITs, worth 
in excess of $1 billion. The overall 
CTS market is still growing by high 
single digit percentage and there 
remain opportunities for growth. 

37

SHARE OF ADJUSTED GROUP GROSS PROFIT

10%

UNITS SHIPPED

0.3M

COUNTRIES SHIPPED TO

32

ADJUSTED GROSS PROFIT BY CUSTOMER

78%

22%

Top 10 customers

Other

UNITS PURCHASED BY SOURCE

91%

Europe

Americas

Africa and Asia Pacific

7%

PRIORITIES

 – Further development of expanded 

services

 – Formalise IIT service offering
 – Increase client penetration
 – Enhance sourcing capabilities
 – Extend markets

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201838

FINANCIAL  
REVIEW

A STRONG FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

MARTIN ABELL
Chief Financial Officer
26 September 2018

HIGHLIGHTS

 – Adjusted gross profit up 16% (at constant 

currency), driven by an excellent performance 
by Commercial Medicines and eight months’ 
contribution from Quantum

 – Adjusted EPS up 10% to 45.4p (2017: 41.3p)

 – Another good cash flow performance with 
£64.1m cash generated from operations 
(2017: £54.7m)

 – Full year dividend increased 12% to 5.6p 

(2017: 5.0p)

 – Profit before income tax of £35.9m 

(2017: £14.1m)

When presenting the financial results, a number of 
adjusted measures are used which are considered by 
the Board and management in reporting, planning and 
decision making. Adjusted results reflect the Group’s 
trading performance and exclude amortisation of 
acquired intangibles and products, and non-underlying 
costs relating to acquisitions which are explained in 
note 7 of the consolidated financial statements.

Overall, the Group achieved a strong financial 
performance with its three key financial metrics; 
adjusted gross profit up 16% on a constant currency 
basis, adjusted EBITDA up 19% on a constant 
currency basis and adjusted EPS up 10%.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201839

Tight cost control and integration 
savings meant that underlying 
overheads increased at a slower pace 
than gross profit driving improved 
profit leverage. As a result, adjusted 
EBITDA increased by 17%, and on a 
constant currency basis increased by 
19% compared to last year. Quantum 
contributed £10.2m in adjusted 
EBITDA which includes £1.1m of cost 
synergies following the acquisition. 
The adverse currency movement was 
mainly due to the appreciation of 
sterling against the Group’s major 
overseas currency, the US dollar.

See note 4 of the consolidated 
financial statements for a 
reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to 
the IFRS equivalent comparative.

Finance cost
The adjusted net finance cost 
excluding the impact of the Link 
contingent consideration, was £5.3m 
(2017: £2.4m). The increase relates 
to the increase in net debt following 
the payment of the Link contingent 
consideration in October 2017 and the 
acquisition of Quantum in November 
2017. The average interest charge on 
gross debt during the period was 2.2%.

The reported finance cost was £6.4m 
(2017: £31.5m), after taking account 
of the non-cash £1.1m unwind of 
discount on the Link contingent 
consideration (2017: £27.0m increase 
in Link contingent consideration and 
£2.1m unwind of discount).

The table on the left shows the 
reconciling items between the 
adjusted profit before tax of £69.0m 
(2017: £61.3m) and the reported profit 
before tax of £35.9m (2017: £14.1m).

The adjustments to profit before 
tax comprise costs relating to 
amortisation, acquisitions and the 
Group’s share of the tax charge on the 
JV earnings of £0.3m (2016: £0.2m).

SUMMARY ADJUSTED INCOME STATEMENT

Year ended 30 June
Adjusted results

Revenue

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

EBITDA from joint venture

EBITDA

Depreciation and amortisation

EBITA

Finance cost

Profit before tax

Basic earnings per share

Dividend per share 

2018
£m

381.2

140.1

2017
restated
£m

302.3

122.8

Growth

Reported

Constant 
currency

26%

14%

28%

16%

19%

(65.2)

(58.7)

(11)%

1.1

76.0

(1.7)

74.3

(5.3)

69.0

1.0

65.1

(1.4)

63.7

(2.4)

61.3

45.4p

5.6p

41.3p

5.0p

11%

17%

17%

13%

10%

12%

This summary adjusted income statement presents Group results on an adjusted basis excluding 
amortisation of acquired intangibles and products, and other non-underlying items relating to 
acquisitions (see note 4 and 7 of the consolidated financial statements). Adjusted EBITDA includes 
the Group’s share of EBITDA from its joint venture. Adjusted results now include amortisation on 
software and internally developed products and the prior year has been restated accordingly. 
Administrative expenses include share-based payments. Constant currency is growth applying 
prior year’s actual exchange rate to this year’s result.

RECONCILIATION OF ADJUSTED PROFIT BEFORE TAX TO REPORTED PROFIT BEFORE TAX

Year ended 30 June

Adjusted profit before tax

Amortisation of acquired intangibles and products

Acquisition costs 

Restructuring costs

Adjustment for fair value of acquired inventory sold in 
the period 

NuPharm legal settlement

Link contingent consideration 

Tax on joint venture in South Africa

Total adjustments

Reported profit before tax

2018
£m

69.0

(22.1)

(3.9)

(5.3)

(1.4)

1.0

(1.1)

(0.3)

(33.1)

35.9

2017
restated
£m

61.3

(17.8)

–

–

(0.1)

–

(29.1)

(0.2)

(47.2)

14.1

Group revenues increased 26% (28% 
on a constant currency basis) to 
£381.2m (2017: £302.3m). This is 
higher than the growth in gross profit 
due principally to an increase in the 
amount of pass through revenue 
within the early access part of 
Unlicensed Medicines.

Adjusted gross profit, viewed by the 
Board as the best measure of top line 
growth, increased by 14% (16% on a 
constant currency basis), driven by an 
excellent performance by Commercial 
Medicines and eight months’ 
contribution from Quantum.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201840

FINANCIAL  
REVIEW

CONTINUED

Total amortisation was £22.6m 
(2017: £18.6m), of which £18.4m 
(2017: £13.4m) related to acquired 
intangibles, £3.7m (2017: £4.4m) 
related to acquired product licences, 
£0.4m (2017: £0.8m) related to 
software and £0.1m (2017: £nil) 
related to internally developed 
product licences.

Acquisition costs amounted to 
£3.9m of which £3.4m related to the 
Quantum acquisition and £0.5m to 
the IMMC acquisition. Restructuring 
costs were £5.3m, most of which is 
redundancy costs resulting from 
streamlining the senior management 
teams and removing duplicate 
functions following the acquisitions.

The NuPharm legal settlement 
represents net proceeds received 
following a settlement completed in 
November 2017 on an action brought 
by Quantum against the vendors of 
the NuPharm business. The NuPharm 
business was closed before Clinigen 
acquired Quantum. The likelihood and 
amount of any settlement of the claim 
was highly uncertain at the date of 
acquisition and therefore a contingent 
asset was not recognised in the 
acquisition balance sheet.

Under IFRS 3 (revised), inventory 
acquired in a business combination 
is valued at fair value on acquisition, 
which includes the profit margin in 
the stock’s carrying value. The £1.4m 
adjustment represents the profit 
margin associated with the acquired 
inventory in Quantum which was sold 
during the year. This profit margin is 
included in adjusted profit before 
tax to better reflect the underlying 
profitability of the business but is 
excluded from statutory reported 
profit.

Taxation
Taxation was £8.5m (2017: £10.3m), 
based primarily on the prevailing UK 
and overseas tax rates. This charge is 
calculated as £14.5m based on the 
adjusted profit before tax of £69.0m, 
offset by a credit of £6.0m in respect 
of the adjusted items.

The adjusted effective tax rate (‘ETR’) 
decreased modestly to 21.0% (2017: 
22.5%) due to the higher proportion 
of earnings in the UK and the 
reduction in the UK corporation tax 
rate. The adjusted ETR also takes 
account of the reduction in the 
corporation tax rate going forward 
in the US. 

Earnings per share
Adjusted basic EPS, calculated 
excluding amortisation of acquired 
intangibles and products, and other 
non-underlying items, increased by 
10% to 45.4p (2017: 41.3p). The 
increase reflects the Group’s higher 
adjusted profit from operations, 
partially offset by dilution and higher 
finance costs following the 
acquisitions.

Reported basic EPS was 22.9p (2017: 
3.3p). The increase is due primarily to 
the revision to the estimate of 
contingent consideration on the Link 
acquisition being charged to the 
income statement in the prior year 
and the increase in the underlying 
earnings in the current year.

Dividend
In view of the strong trading 
performance and positive outlook, 
the Directors are proposing to 
increase the final dividend to 3.84p 
per share (2017: 3.4p), resulting in a 
12% increase in the full year dividend 
to 5.6p per share (2017: 5.0p).

The final dividend will be paid,  
subject to shareholder approval, on 
30 November 2018 to shareholders 
on the register on 9 November 2018.

Cash flow and net debt
Cash flow performance was good in 
the year, with cash generated from 
operations of £64.1m (2017: £54.7m) 
up 17%. Net working capital increased 
by £10.2m in the year (excluding the 
effect of acquisitions, non-underlying 
items, and exchange adjustments) 
due to timing of cash flows around 
the period ends, the settlement of 
accrued share awards in Quantum 
post-acquisition, as well as increased 
investment in growth opportunities. 
The low levels of working capital in 
the business reflect a strong focus on 
credit control and general working 
capital management.

Capital expenditure was £13.8m 
(2017: £8.8m), which includes £6.6m 
related to the development of owned 
products (including £1.5m deferred 
consideration on the Foscavir 
bags acquisition), £4.8m related to 
the Group ERP system, and £1.1m 
related to warehouse, IT and other 
infrastructure investments. Capital 
expenditure is expected to remain 
at an elevated level in FY19 due to 
the ERP implementation and then it 
is expected to fall to normal levels 
in the following financial year.

The other main cash flows were tax 
paid of £12.6m (2017: £6.9m), interest 
paid of £3.9m (2017: £1.7m) and 
dividends paid of £6.3m (2017: £4.9m).

As provided for in last year’s 
accounts, £38.7m was paid in 
respect of the final Link contingent 
consideration in October 2017. 
This payment and the Quantum 
acquisition, detailed below, 
accounted for net debt increasing 
from £35.0m to £136.5m. Net debt 
is expected to increase in the first 
half due to the product acquisitions 
completed in July and the corporate 
acquisitions in September.

Quantum acquisition
Quantum was acquired on 
1 November 2017 and its results 
have been fully consolidated from 
that point onwards.

The Group paid a total consideration 
of £143.5m, being a cash payment 
of £62.9m and an issue of 6,849,264 
shares in Clinigen which had a fair 
value of £80.6m representing the 
market price on 31 October 2017. 

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018The consideration was paid in full 
to Quantum shareholders on the 
acquisition date. In order to fund the 
cash element of the consideration, 
the Group’s bank facility was 
amended and extended (as detailed 
in the treasury management section).

A further £8.6m was spent on settling 
Quantum share awards at acquisition 
which are recognised as a liability in 
the Quantum acquisition balance 
sheet.

Net debt of Quantum at the time of 
acquisition was £12.2m.

Treasury management
The Group’s operations are financed 
by retained earnings and bank 
borrowings, and on occasion, the 
issue of shares to finance acquisitions. 

During the year, the Group’s bank 
facility was amended and extended 
in order to finance the Quantum 
acquisition. The fixed term loan was 
fully repaid and the revolving credit 
facility (‘RCF’) was increased from 
£95m to £200m and extended for 
five years to October 2022. 
Additionally, the Group exercised its 
option to further extend this facility 
by £20m to £220m for a period of 
12 months ending October 2018.

During the year, there were two 
covenants that applied to the bank 
facility: interest cover of not less than 
4.0x and net debt/adjusted EBITDA 
cover of not more than 3.0x. As at 
30 June 2018, interest cover was 
16.9x and the net debt/adjusted 
EBITDA leverage was 1.8x.

The debt facilities have subsequently 
been refinanced as part of the 
financing arrangements for the 
acquisition of CSM. The new financing 
increases the debt facility from 
£220m to £300m and is extended to 
October 2023. The facility includes 
an unsecured £150m term loan with 
a single repayment in 2023 and an 
unsecured revolving credit facility 
of up to £150m.

Borrowings at the end of the year are 
in sterling and to a lesser extent US 
dollar, and are managed by the 
Group’s UK-based treasury function, 
which manages the Group’s treasury 
risk in accordance with policies set by 
the Board.

41

GOOD CASH FLOW PERFORMANCE

OPERATING CASH FLOW (£M)

76.0

(10.2)

(12.6)

(3.9)

1.8

2.1

0.8

54.0

Adjusted
EBITDA

Working
capital

Tax
paid

Interest
paid

Joint
venture

Share-based 
payments

Other

Free cash 
flow

USES OF CASH FLOW

Quantum and IMMC acquisition

Final deferred payment on Link

Acquisition and restructuring costs

Capex on products

Capex on ERP

Other capex

Dividend

Other

Total

Financed by:

Free cash flow

Increase in net debt

Total

£m

89.7

38.7

6.4

6.6

4.8

2.4

6.3

0.6

155.5

54.0

101.5

155.5

The Group reduces its exposure 
to currency fluctuations on 
translation by typically managing 
currencies at Group level using 
bank accounts denominated in 
foreign currencies. Where there 
is sufficient visibility of currency 
requirements, forward contracts are 
used to hedge exposure to foreign 
currency fluctuations. The Group’s 
treasury function does not engage 
in speculative transactions and does 
not operate as a profit centre.

The Group has applied hedge 
accounting where permissible to 
match hedges to the transactions to 
which they relate thereby reducing 
volatility in the results which may 

arise from gains and losses on 
hedging instruments.

Principal risks facing the business
Clinigen operates an embedded risk 
management framework, which is 
monitored and reviewed by the 
Board. There are a number of 
potential risks and uncertainties that 
could have a material impact on the 
Group’s financial performance and 
position. These include risks relating 
to competitive threat, the regulatory 
environment, political environment, 
counterfeit products penetrating the 
supply chain, reliance on technology, 
reputational risk, and foreign 
exchange. These risks and the Group’s 
mitigating actions are set out on 
pages 42 to 45.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 
42

PRINCIPAL  
RISKS
MANAGING OUR RISKS

The Group’s approach to risk 
management is to identify principal 
risks and then to develop actions or 
processes within the business to 
eliminate or mitigate those risks to an 
acceptable level. The internal controls 
are designed to manage risk rather 
than eliminate it.

RISK MANAGEMENT FRAMEWORK
The Group’s risk management framework provides the structure by which the 
principal risks are managed

BOARD
 – Ensures comprehensive risk management and internal controls are in 

place and operating effectively

 – Reviews the principal risks
 – Determines the Group’s risk appetite

N
O
I
T
A
T
N
E
M
E
L
P
M

I

AUDIT AND RISK COMMITTEE
 – Oversees the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and 

internal controls

 – Monitors and has oversight of external audit
 – Reviews and monitors the Group’s principal risks

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM
 – Responsible for consolidating the key risks across the Group
 – Oversees the implementation and operation of the risk management 

and internal control systems

 – Reviews and monitors the Group’s key risks

BUSINESS OPERATIONS
 – Identifies and assesses operational risk
 – Implements risk management processes, procedures, controls 

and reporting

G
N

I
R
O
T
I

N
O
M

RISK HEAT MAP

1. POLITICAL RISK
2. COMPETITIVE THREAT
3. SUPPLY CHAIN
4. COMPLIANCE
5. RELIANCE ON TECHNOLOGY
6. CYBER RISK
7. FOREIGN EXCHANGE
8. ACQUISITIONS
9. PEOPLE

2

7

D
O
O
H

I
L
E
K
I
L

IMPACT

8

3

4

9

6

1

5

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201843

The Group’s principal risks, together with the management actions to mitigate the risk, are set out below. They are not 
in any order of priority and do not comprise all risks associated with the Group. Further risks not currently known or 
risks that have been considered to be less material may also have an adverse impact on the business.

RISK

MANAGEMENT ACTIONS TO MITIGATE RISK

TREND

1. POLITICAL RISK
The Group’s expanded global footprint has increased 
the exposure to adverse local political decisions,  
changes in regulation and economic events impacting 
the pharmaceutical industry, which may affect the  
ability to supply, local demand and/or pricing.

The impact of Brexit could impact the Group’s ability  
to ship product efficiently in and out of the UK and 
complicate its ability to recruit non-UK employees

STRATEGIC LINK

1+4+5+6

2. COMPETITIVE THREAT
The Group faces a threat to its owned products from 
generic products and/or the development of alternative 
therapies by competitors. The Group’s products are not 
typically protected by patents and competitor threat 
could significantly erode sales of our products. The 
threat of generic risk increases as the Group’s product 
sales increase in size as increasing market size improves 
the viability for a potential generic product. The 
competitive landscape could also change during a 
product’s development before commercialisation. 
The Group also faces competitive threat within the 
services operations.

STRATEGIC LINK

4+6
3. SUPPLY CHAIN
The Group’s reputation could be undermined and profits 
impacted if our products go into shortage of supply or 
through the risk of counterfeit products.

In addition, the Group has obligations to comply with 
increased regulation on the serialisation of licensed 
pharmaceutical products.

STRATEGIC LINK

5+6

The Group mitigates this risk by having an increasingly broad product, 
service and geographical range, limiting the impact of events in any 
single territory.

The Group regularly monitors developments in key geographies and 
maintains strong relationships with regulatory bodies to enable the 
Group to respond rapidly to local changes in circumstances or events. 
The Group also takes account of political risk when assessing new 
contracts or product acquisitions.

The Group has established a Brexit team to develop contingency plans 
and has established a Dutch entity to hold the Group’s proprietary 
marketing authorisations for our owned products. Whilst the outcomes 
are not yet clear, the Group’s flexible operating model, the team’s deep 
understanding of multinational regulatory process and with 74% of 
revenues being from international markets, it is expected that any 
Brexit implications will be manageable.

The continued diversification of the Group reduces the overall effect  
if one of its products or services is impacted by significant change in 
the competitive landscape. Finding and promoting new users of our 
products and services and expanding into new geographies are a key 
part of our strategy and this helps mitigate the impact of competition  
in a particular geography treatment area or service.

The Group closely monitors the competitive landscape in key markets 
to ensure a rapid and appropriate response to changes in competition.

The Group has effective supply chain management only working with 
trusted manufacturing and global distribution partners which the Group 
assesses regularly. The Group also seeks to maintain appropriate stock 
levels of its own products and related active pharmaceutical ingredient 
(‘API’) to minimise the risk of shortage of supply.

To the extent possible, the Group supplies its own products directly  
to hospitals and HCPs. The Group also has industry-leading quality 
management systems and audits supply partners where appropriate.

The mandatory global serialisation of licensed pharmaceutical  
products is expected to reduce the trade of counterfeit medicines.  
As a pharmaceutical company with its own specialty product portfolio 
in its Commercial Medicines operation and a supplier of licensed 
comparator products in its CTS operation, Clinigen will ensure that it is 
fully compliant with serialisation regulation. A project team has been 
established to address the additional regulatory requirements.

 INCREASING

 DECREASING

 UNCHANGED

 NEW

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201844

PRINCIPAL  
RISKS

CONTINUED

RISK

MANAGEMENT ACTIONS TO MITIGATE RISK

TREND

The Group has a business-wide compliance structure which is 
continually assessed. Employees are regularly trained in key areas 
including policies relating to Clinigen’s approach to Good Distribution 
Practice and Good Manufacturing Practice activities, including 
pharmacovigilance, and manufacturing and distribution, as well as legal 
policies including the General Data Protection Regulations, share 
dealing, whistleblowing and anti-bribery and corruption. In addition, the 
employee code of conduct reinforces the Group’s values of ethics, trust 
and quality. The Group is also regularly audited by customers and 
regulatory authorities to ensure compliance with relevant legislation 
and contractual obligations and acts to address any recommendations. 
Senior Management at Clinigen has full responsibility for the quality 
management system undertaking periodic management reviews and 
maintains a close working relationship with the competent authorities 
to ensure compliance.

The Group’s technology strategy is regularly reviewed to ensure that 
the systems it operates across the Group support its strategic direction.

Ongoing asset lifecycle management programs mitigate risks of 
hardware obsolescence whilst back-up procedures mitigate risk of 
data loss.

The Group is currently undertaking an implementation of a new ERP 
system designed to make the business systems more efficient and 
scalable. The risk attached to this implementation has been mitigated 
by a significant amount of planning work, the employment of a 
specialist implementation partner and a robust governance structure 
managing the implementation.

The Group has invested in the protection of its data and IT systems 
from the threat of cyber-attack. Cyber security procedures exist to 
minimise this risk.

4. COMPLIANCE
Increased legislation and regulation could inhibit our 
ability to conduct business in certain jurisdictions and 
expose the Group to potential reputational damage and 
financial penalties.

5. RELIANCE ON TECHNOLOGY
The Group’s dependence on technology in our day-to-
day business means that systems failure and loss of data 
would have a high impact on our operations.

STRATEGIC LINK

2

6. CYBER RISK
The Group relies on technology in our day-to-day 
business. These systems are potentially vulnerable to 
service interruptions and data breaches from attacks by 
malicious third parties, or from intentional or inadvertent 
actions by our employees. Failure to protect against the 
threat of cyber-attack could adversely impact the 
systems performing critical functions which could lead to 
a significant breach of security, jeopardising sensitive 
information and financial transactions of the Group.

STRATEGIC LINK

2

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201845

RISK

MANAGEMENT ACTIONS TO MITIGATE RISK

TREND

7. FOREIGN EXCHANGE
The Group has significant operations and activities 
outside the UK and is therefore exposed to foreign 
exchange risk.

STRATEGIC LINK

4+5+6

8. ACQUISITIONS
The Group could fail to integrate acquisitions efficiently, 
leading to disrupted operations and reduced returns. 
In addition the Group could make acquisitions which 
don’t support the business as intended or could fail 
to identify potential acquisitions to drive future 
growth aspirations.

STRATEGIC LINK

4+5+6
9. PEOPLE
The Group’s ability to deliver on its strategic objectives 
could be adversely impacted by failure to recruit, develop 
and retain the right people.

STRATEGIC LINK

1

The Group’s main operational currencies are sterling, US dollar, euro 
and, to a lesser extent, the South African rand and Australian dollar.  
The Group reduces its exposure to currency fluctuation on translation 
by typically managing currencies at Group level using bank accounts 
denominated in the principal foreign currencies for payments and 
receipts. The Group seeks to optimise the matching of currency 
surpluses generated to the foreign currency needs of the wider Group, 
and where there is a sufficient visibility of currency needs, forward 
contracts are used to hedge exposure to foreign currency fluctuations.

The Group does not issue or use financial instruments of a speculative 
nature and the Group’s treasury function does not act as a profit centre.

The volatility of sterling as a result of Brexit discussions heighten the 
foreign exchange risk.

The Group utilises specialist advisors on all acquisitions and conducts 
the appropriate level of due diligence to ensure the costs and benefits 
are fully evaluated prior to acquisition. All acquisitions are thoroughly 
reviewed and approved by the Board and supported by experienced 
integration teams with detailed integration plans. These plans are then 
monitored regularly to raise any deviations and corrective action taken.

The Group has grown rapidly and now employs over 800 people in ten 
international locations. The Group ensures effective and regular internal 
communications in order to communicate and update on strategy 
and objectives.

The Group has appropriate remuneration packages to help recruit and 
retain key employees. In addition, all permanent employees are given 
the opportunity to become shareholders of the Company. 

The Group has developed a performance and development tracker  
and launched a management academy recognised by the Institute of 
Leadership and Management to assist with career development and 
improve competency.

KEY TO  
STRATEGIC  
PRIORITIES

1

2

3

4

Develop and retain 
talented people 

Upgrade 
technology 
platform to drive 
organic growth 

Expand and embed 
a global community 
of customers and 
opinion leaders 

Expand portfolio of 
global and regional 
assets

5

6

Become the ‘go to’ 
global leader in 
ethical access to 
unlicensed 
medicines

Extend global 
footprint into 
remaining key 
markets

 INCREASING

 DECREASING

 UNCHANGED

 NEW

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201846

CORPORATE  
SOCIAL  
RESPONSIBILITY

TO BE THE TRUSTED 
GLOBAL LEADER IN 
ACCESS TO MEDICINES 
THE GROUP MUST ENSURE 
THAT IT BEHAVES IN A 
SOCIALLY AND 
ENVIRONMENTALLY 
RESPONSIBLE MANNER

The Clinigen foundations are based 
on addressing unmet medical needs 
and improving access to medicines. 
Through the Group’s global supply 
and distribution networks it is able to 
navigate the regulatory hurdles to 
ensure it delivers the right medicine, 
to the right patient, at the right time. 
In the last financial year the Group 
shipped over four million units, 
helping patients in over 100 countries.

Underlying the Group’s business 
are corporate responsibility policies 
which must be followed for the 
Group to be sustainable and create 
long-term shareholder value.

CORPORATE, SOCIAL  
AND ETHICAL POLICIES

EMPLOYEES  

Clinigen recognises the importance 
of balancing the interests of its 
customers, shareholders, 
employees, suppliers and the 
communities in which it operates. 
Management of the environmental 
and social issues that play a part in 
the business is a key factor in the 
Group’s strategy for success and 
in the practice of good corporate 
governance. With this in mind, the 
Group, through its management 
team and its experienced quality 
and regulatory department, audits 
all suppliers and manufacturers 
regularly to ensure they reach 
the standards set and responds 
to any improvement requests 
made of them.

The Group aspires to carry out its 
business to the highest ethical 
standards, treating employees, 
suppliers and customers in a 
professional, courteous and honest 
manner. Ethical standards are 
included in the Group’s audit 
schedule when reviewing its 
suppliers and manufacturers to 
check the standards they follow 
meet the Group’s expectations.

The Group currently employs over 
800 people in ten countries and 
is committed to a policy of equal 
opportunities in the recruitment, 
engagement and retention of 
employees. The multinational 
diversity of the Group’s team not 
only supports its global service 
offering, but demonstrates its lack 
of barriers to employment. In line 
with the Group’s strategic objective 
of developing and retaining 
talented people, employees are 
encouraged and supported to 
undertake additional training, 
both internal and external, to 
develop their skills, which are 
then often transferred across 
departments or enable promotion.

The Group believes that the 
development of talent is important 
to achieve the long-term 
strategic goals of the business. 
The Clinigen Management 
Academy, a bespoke management 
development program which is 
formally recognised in the UK by 
the Institute of Leadership and 
Management, was successfully 
completed by 47 employees 
across the UK, US and South 
Africa during the year.

Age, colour, race, gender, disability, 
ethnic origin, national origin, 
marital status, sexual orientation, 
religious or political views are not 
seen as barriers to employment 
and are evidenced by the Group’s 
diverse employment base. The 
Group is committed to providing 
equal opportunities for individuals 
in all aspects of employment, 
and considers the skills and 
aptitudes of disabled persons in 
recruitment, career development, 
training and promotion. The 
Group supports employees 
with disabilities, ensuring the 
necessary reasonable adjustments 
are in place to support them.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201847

MODERN SLAVERY ACT  

The Group fully supports the 
aims of the Modern Slavery Act 
2015 to eradicate human slavery 
and trafficking. In particular, the 
Group wishes to ensure that 
no child labour or servitude of 
any kind or human trafficking 
has been involved in the supply 
and distribution of products or 
services. This statement is made 
pursuant to Section 54, Part 6 of 
the Modern Slavery Act 2015 and 
sets out the steps the Company 
has taken to ensure that slavery 
and human trafficking are not 
taking place in our supply chains 
or in any part of our business.

The Group is a worldwide supplier 
and distributor of pharmaceutical 
products and services. As part of 
our initiative to identify and 
mitigate risk we have put in place, 
or are in the process of putting in 
place, systems to:

 – Identify and assess potential risk 

areas in the Group’s supply 
chains

 – Mitigate the risk of slavery and 
human trafficking occurring in 
the Group’s supply chains

 – Monitor potential risk areas in 
the Group’s supply chains; and

 – Protect whistle blowers

The Group will continue to review 
the position by a process of 
contract reviews, third-party audits 
and ongoing monitoring of our 
partners within the supply chain.

It is important the Group listens to 
its employees and understands their 
views on Clinigen as an employer. 
The Group operates a culture of open 
communication through a range 
of two-way mediums including: 
monthly employee representative 
staff forums; a global intranet 
platform; newsletters; and regular 
Group and divisional performance 
updates from the CEO and CFO. 
The strategic objectives of the Group 
are communicated to the employees 
through the regular updates and 
at the annual all-staff conferences. 
Employees are encouraged to 
be a part of the Group’s success 
through share ownership and the 
Group’s employee share schemes.

As the Company grows it is 
important that the Group has a 
culture and set of values which are 
understood in each of the locations 
in which it operates. At Clinigen, 
this is called the ‘Clinigen Way’, 
and is captured in six clear and 
powerful principles that underpin 
everything the Group does. They 
reflect the Group’s rich and varied 
historic businesses and the common 
purpose employees all share today:

 – Make a difference: We go further 

for patients

 – Put best interests first: We manage 
for best interests, not self-interest

 – Show mutual respect: We treat 
others as we would like to be 
treated

 – Maintain integrity: We’re open and 

transparent

 – Nurture success: We reward, 

recognise and develop success

 – Measure progress: We know where 

we are and where we’re going

The Group works hard to embed 
these principles into employees’ 
ways of working; from reward and 
recognition initiatives such as the 
Group’s ‘Making a Difference’ awards, 
to the focus on behaviours in its hiring 
and performance management 
processes.

The Group recognises the 
importance of diversity, including 
gender, at all levels of the Company. 
The Group already has a strong 
female representation in the 
Executive Management Team where 
women comprise 38% of positions. 
In addition, out of 849 employees, 
approximately 61% are female. The 
Group continues to actively seek to 
recruit and advance women into its 
top management.

Gender ratio

PLC BOARD

5

1

Male

Female

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM

5

Male

Female

3

TOTAL EMPLOYEES

331

518

Male

Female

Details on the Group’s gender pay 
gap reporting can be found on the 
Group website.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201848

CORPORATE  
SOCIAL 
RESPONSIBILITY

CONTINUED

COMMUNITY

Clinigen participates in local community projects that it 
feels are worthy and appropriate and encourages 
employees to get involved in local and national charitable 
events, as well as deciding where charitable donations 
are placed.

This year the Group has continued its support 
of Foundation MEM. This is a charity focusing on 
developing a better life for a village in Cameroon.

For World Head and Neck Cancer Day in July, employees 
from all areas of the Group, including Australia, South 
Africa, the US and Japan were encouraged to support 
fund raising activities and help raise awareness of the 
risks of head and neck cancer. Head and neck cancer 
is a general term used to refer to a range of different 
cancers that start developing in the head and neck 
region of the body. It is the ninth most common cancer, 
accounting for more than 550,000 new cases and 
380,000 deaths annually. According to Cancer Research 
UK, approximately 12,061 people in the UK are affected 
annually, with around 4,047 dying from the disease.

Clinigen supports Foundation MEM

Clinigen has also continued its support for Anthony 
Nolan. This is a charity which is focused on putting the 
patient at the heart of everything they do and is a close 
fit with the Clinigen mission of right medicine, right 
patient, right time. They are the leading blood cancer 
charity in the UK; facilitating stem cell transplants 
to provide the chance of a cure for patients with 
leukaemia, lymphoma and other blood disorders.

Clinigen supports World Head and Neck Cancer Day

The Group intend to continue to provide ongoing 
support to charities in the coming year.

Clinigen works alongside patient group organisations 
in the Unlicensed Medicines business operation. It 
believes greater patient involvement in personal 
healthcare needs and in the development of local and 
national healthcare provision is an important part of the 
future development of effective healthcare services.

The Group made no political donations during 
the year (2017: £nil) and made charitable 
donations of £24,700 (2017: £5,000).

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201849

HEALTH AND SAFETY

ENVIRONMENT

The Group recognises that health and safety has 
positive benefits to the organisation and that a 
commitment to a high level of safety makes good 
business sense. It also recognises that health and 
safety is a business function and must, therefore, 
continually improve, progress and adapt to change. 
To achieve this aim, appropriate levels of resource 
are allocated to ensuring a positive health and 
safety culture throughout the Company. This is 
demonstrated by active health, safety & environment 
(‘HSE’) Committees with the members receiving the 
IOSH Working Safely training to support them in 
performing the role of Representatives of Employee 
Safety (‘ROES’) for their respective departments.

The Group’s approach to health and safety is based 
on the identification and control of risks. Adequate 
planning, monitoring and reviews of the health and 
safety policy are carried out in line with our Safety 
Management System (‘SMS’) to ensure continual 
improvement to our health and safety standards.

Complying with its legal obligations, the Group 
provides a safe working environment for all its 
employees and visitors, but also strives for best 
practice standards wherever these are achievable. 
A recent audit of the Group’s SMS carried out by the 
British Safety Council at Clinigen’s UK sites, showed 
there to be areas of excellence within the business.

Achievements made during the year to the continual 
improvement to the Group’s health and safety 
standards, include installing AEDs (automated external 
defibrillators) at two of its UK sites, and is looking to 
extend this provision further. The Group has also been 
shortlisted for the St John Ambulance Annual Awards 
for its first aid arrangements at its sites in Burton.

Wellbeing is extremely important to the Group, 
with health promotion initiatives and posters 
displayed across its sites. This year a high volume of 
employees took advantage of the free annual health 
checks and annual flu vaccinations provided.

The Group is an environmentally conscious 
organisation, which acknowledges the impact its 
operations and services may potentially have on the 
environment. The Group fully complies with applicable 
legal and other compliance obligations, whilst at all 
times striving for best practice. The Group is committed 
to continually investigating ways of improving its 
impact on the environment. Board and senior 
management are committed to monitoring and 
continually improving environmental performance.

The Group has determined its environmental 
objectives, including raising environmental awareness 
to its employees through the development and 
training of the HSE Committees and promoting 
awareness amongst its clients, suppliers and 
contractors through the implementation of 
operational procedures as well as environmental 
objectives and targets, which have been set by 
senior management and reviewed at least annually.

The Group aims to minimise energy and water 
consumption, and wherever practicable, reduce, 
recycle and reuse our resources to prevent 
the unnecessary waste of materials.

For a number of years now the Group has been 
formalising its in-house environmental management 
processes. This formalisation has now resulted 
in the Environmental Management System 
(‘EMS’) achieving ISO 14001:2015 certification 
for its Burton and Weybridge operations.

In addition, the Group is registered with the 
Environment Agency as an approved packaging 
producer which shows that it has met its 
recovery and recycling obligations under the 
Producer Responsibility Obligations (Packaging 
Waste) Regulations 2007 (as amended).

In March this year, the Group’s HSE Committee 
members all achieved their Level 2 Award in 
Environmental Sustainability to support them in their 
role as ‘Environmental Champions’ across the business. 
It is the Group’s aim that environmental training 
for the HSE Committee members and remainder 
of its employees will be continually improved.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201850

BOARD OF 
DIRECTORS

OUR EXPERIENCED BOARD 
HAS A SIGNIFICANT TRACK 
RECORD AND A WEALTH 
OF KNOWLEDGE ACROSS 
THE BIOTECHNOLOGY, 
PHARMACEUTICAL AND 
HEALTHCARE SECTORS, 
SPANNING PRIVATE AND 
PUBLICLY QUOTED 
COMPANIES.

PETER ALLEN
Independent 
Non‑Executive Chairman

APPOINTED
August 2012

SHAUN CHILTON
Chief Executive Officer

MARTIN ABELL
Chief Financial Officer

APPOINTED
Director in July 2013 and 
CEO in November 2016

APPOINTED
Director in August 2015 and 
CFO in October 2015

COMMITTEES
None

PROFILE
Martin joined Clinigen in 
August 2015 and has over 19 
years’ experience working for 
international, listed companies. 
Before Clinigen, Martin worked 
for Hays plc, Europe’s largest 
professional recruitment business. 
He began there as Head of 
Investor Relations and M&A before 
becoming Finance Director for 
the Continental Europe and Rest 
of World division, which operated 
across 21 countries with revenues 
of over £1bn. Prior to that, Martin 
held several financial roles at the 
FTSE 100 logistics group, Exel 
plc (now part of Deutsche Post), 
including Financial Controller of 
two of the UK divisions. He is a 
qualified Chartered Accountant, 
having trained at PwC in the M&A 
Transaction Services team.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS
None

COMMITTEES
Nomination (Chairman)
Audit and Risk, Remuneration

COMMITTEES
None

PROFILE
Peter has a wealth of experience 
and has held key senior positions, 
including Chairman, CEO and 
CFO in a number of companies 
in the healthcare industry, and 
played a significant role in their 
growth. Peter spent 12 years at 
Celltech Group plc (1992–2004) 
as CFO and Deputy CEO, six 
years at ProStraken Group plc 
as Chairman (2007–2013) and 
interim CEO (2010–2011) and 
three years as Chairman of 
Proximagen plc (2009–2012).

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS
Peter is currently Chairman of 
Abcam plc, Advanced Medical 
Solutions Plc and Diurnal Plc 
and Non‑Executive Director of 
Oxford Nanopore Technologies 
Ltd and Istesso Ltd.

The Board is satisfied that these 
external appointments do not 
impact upon the Chairman’s 
ability to discharge his role at 
the Company effectively.

PROFILE
Shaun is the Chief Executive 
Officer of the Clinigen Group and 
has the responsibility for the Group 
achieving its key performance 
indicators and plays a central role 
in setting the Group strategy.
Shaun has played a pivotal role 
in the development of Clinigen, 
joining the Company in January 
2012 as Chief Operating Officer, 
when it was a privately owned 
company with a turnover of £82m.

He was a key part of the executive 
team that took Clinigen through 
IPO in September 2012. Then, 
as deputy CEO in 2015 and CEO 
from November 2016, has been a 
fundamental part of the leadership 
of the impressive strategic growth 
of the company from £135m 
market capitalisation in 2012 to 
its current position as one of the 
largest companies on AIM on 
the London Stock Exchange.

In 2017, Shaun oversaw the 
largest M&A healthcare deal 
of the year in the UK with the 
successful acquisition of Quantum, 
in addition to acquiring the 
largest supplier of unlicensed 
medicines in Japan, IMMC.

Shaun was awarded the 
Entrepreneur of the Year 
Healthcare (Western Europe) in 
2017 and 2018 by the European 
CEO Awards.

Prior to joining Clinigen, Shaun held 
senior global strategic, commercial 
and operational roles at Pfizer, 
Sanofi, Wolters Kluwer Health and 
the KnowledgePoint360 Group 
(now part of UDG Healthcare).

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS
None

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201851

JOHN HARTUP
Senior Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

IAN NICHOLSON
Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

ANNE HYLAND
Independent  
Non‑Executive Director

APPOINTED
June 2011

APPOINTED
September 2012

APPOINTED
January 2018

COMMITTEES
Nomination, Remuneration

PROFILE
John has over 30 years’ experience 
as a corporate lawyer, dealing 
with corporate finance and 
commercial contract issues across 
a number of industries. He was 
formerly Managing Partner at 
Ricksons LLP and subsequently 
became a Partner at DWF LLP.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS
John is currently the Chairman 
of the Board of Enigma 
Holdings Group Ltd.

COMMITTEES
Remuneration (Chairman),
Audit and Risk, Nomination

PROFILE
Ian has considerable experience 
as both an Executive Director 
and as a Non‑Executive Director. 
Ian is CEO of F2G Limited.

COMMITTEES
Audit and Risk (Chairman)

PROFILE
Anne has a strong track record 
within the biopharma sector, 
bringing with her over 25 years 
of financial experience with both 
public and private companies.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS
Ian currently holds positions as 
Non‑Executive Director of Consort 
Medical plc and Bioventix plc, 
where he is the Non‑Executive 
Chairman. Ian is also Chairman 
of the Investment Committee at 
Cancer Research UK Pioneer Fund, 
Director of Casewell Consulting 
Ltd, F2G Ltd, and Wells Stores 
Ltd, and an Operating Partner 
at Advent Life Sciences LLP.

Anne is a Chartered Accountant 
(FCA), and Corporate Tax 
Adviser (CTA – AITI) and holds a 
degree in Business Studies from 
Trinity College, Dublin. Anne’s 
previous roles include CFO of 
BBI Diagnostics Group Ltd and 
FTSE‑listed Vectura Group plc. 
Prior to her role at Vectura, Anne 
held a number of senior finance 
positions at Celltech Group 
plc, Medeva plc and KPMG.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS
Anne is CFO of Kymab Ltd 
a private biopharmaceutical 
company. She is also a Non‑
Executive Director of Elementis 
plc, a FTSE 250 global specialty 
chemicals company.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201852

CHAIRMAN’S 
INTRODUCTION TO 
GOVERNANCE

PETER ALLEN
Independent Non‑Executive Chairman
26 September 2018

I AM PLEASED TO PRESENT YOU WITH 
THE GOVERNANCE SECTION FOR THE 
YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

Corporate governance remains a high priority for 
us. As the Board of an AIM traded company with a 
significant market capitalisation, we are committed to 
ensure the Group is managed in accordance with the 
principles and provisions set out in the UK Corporate 
Governance Code (‘Code’). We believe that effective 

corporate governance, consistent with best practice, 
and with the size and available resources of the Group, 
will assist in the delivery of its corporate strategy, the 
generation of sustainable shareholder value and the 
protection of shareholders’ long‑term interests.

The Board believes that the Group’s governance 
framework is robust, but we continue to consider 
future developments and best practice that improve 
its governance further. With this in mind, an externally 
facilitated corporate governance benchmarking exercise 
was undertaken during the year to compare Clinigen’s 
current practice against other AIM trading companies 
having a market capitalisation in excess of £1bn and with 
FTSE 250 companies having a market capitalisation 
of between £1bn and £1.3bn, in order to identify areas 
of improvement. Following this review, the Board was 
presented with several recommendations, which have 
been or are now being implemented. Highlights include:

 – The appointment of John Hartup as Senior Independent 

Director;

 – To underline their accountability to shareholders, each 

Director will stand for re‑election at the upcoming AGM 
and annually thereafter; and

 – A commitment to conduct a thorough evaluation 

process of the Board and its Committees, led by the 
Senior Independent Director, to ensure the Board and 
its Committees are efficient and effective with an 
appropriate good mix of skills and experience.

The Board through its Committees, plays a key role in 
corporate governance providing the necessary framework, 
challenge and support to the business and ensuring that a 
culture of good governance exists throughout the Group.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201853

As Chairman, in order to facilitate the long‑term 
sustainability and success of the Group, my role is to 
ensure that the Board operates in an open and transparent 
environment, allowing the Non‑Executive Directors an 
opportunity critically to assess, challenge and support 
the Executive Directors and senior management team.

Throughout the year
The Board has met nine times during the year. Two 
of our meetings were held overseas, allowing us to 
visit our operations in the US and in South Africa. This 
provided the Board with a great opportunity to meet 
employees outside the UK, and see for ourselves the 
professionalism and expertise in these sites which 
has contributed to the success of the Group.

Implementation of the strategy has been a significant 
area of focus in our Board meetings during the year and 
Shaun and his management team have provided us with 
regular updates allowing the Board to inform our view 
on the successes and challenges throughout the Group.

Particular focus has been given to the governance of 
the acquisitions made during the year and following 
the period end. During the year, the Group made 
two corporate acquisitions, Quantum and IMMC, and 
following period end, made two product acquisitions, 
Proleukin and Imukin, and two corporate acquisitions, 
CSM and iQone. The process of identifying potential 
acquisitions that fit with the Group’s strategic growth 
aspirations is extremely complex. Once identified, 
the acquisition process, from due diligence, deal 
structure, documentation and proposed integration 
planning, all need sufficient scrutiny from the Board 
to ensure the costs and benefits are fully evaluated. 

Throughout the year, the Board has received regular 
updates on the progress made to implement the 
Group’s new ERP system. The ERP system is a 
significant investment and will make the Group 
more efficient and scalable. Several stages of the 
ERP have already gone live and the remainder of 
the modules will be implemented through 2019.

In addition, the Board has reviewed and approved 
policies to ensure compliance with the Global Data 
Protection Regulations which came into force in May 
2018 and approved a revised and updated anti‑bribery 
and corruption policy. There will be online training for all 
employees in these two areas over the coming months. 
It has also received updates on the progress made on 
serialisation, the mandatory legislation aimed at increasing 
transparency and visibility of licensed pharmaceutical 
products which will help to reduce counterfeit 
products. As a pharmaceutical company with its own 
specialty pharma portfolio and a supplier of licensed 
comparator products in CTS, the Group must ensure 
that it is fully compliant with serialisation regulation.

Board changes
During the year some changes were made to the 
composition of the Board. As planned, Peter George 
and John Bacon stepped down from the Board on 
1 November 2017 and Anne Hyland joined the Board 
on 1 January 2018. Peter had done a tremendous job 

developing and growing Clinigen and, since becoming 
a Non‑Executive director, was a major support to the 
Board. John made a valuable contribution to the Group 
following the acquisition of Link, through his expertise in 
the Africa and Asia Pacific markets. We are delighted that 
Anne joined the Board to become the chair of the Audit 
and Risk Committee. Anne brings significant financial 
expertise and experience to the Board from both her 
executive and her non‑executive positions. She is currently 
CFO of Kymab Ltd, a biopharmaceutical company, prior 
to which she was CFO and company secretary of BBI 
Diagnostics Group Ltd and FTSE‑listed Vectura Group plc.

The Board continues to believe that its membership 
has the right qualities required to operate within 
a robust governance structure which matches the 
requirements of the Group. This structure makes 
our business stronger to ensure the right decisions 
are made to help support and deliver the Group’s 
strategy, and to protect shareholders interests.

Governance
Principal risks facing the Group continue to be a focus. 
Details of our principal risks are set out on pages 42 
to 45. This year a number of risks have increased in 
relation to supply chain and our reliance on technology. 
In addition we have identified new risks surrounding 
the Group’s acquisitions, both in relation to acquisitions 
already made and future acquisitions, and in the 
development, retaining and recruiting of the right people. 
All of these risks, along with the other principal risks are 
regularly assessed by the Audit and Risk Committee.

Dividend
The Board has maintained a progressive dividend policy. 
In view of the strong results, we propose to pay a final 
dividend of 3.84p, subject to approval at the AGM on 
8 November 2018. Together with the interim dividend 
of 1.76p paid in April, this makes a combined annual 
dividend of 5.6p, representing an increase of 12% 
versus last year.

Looking ahead
Priorities for the Board in 2018 include continually 
assessing progress against the strategic priorities, with 
particular attention on integration of the acquisitions and 
implementation of the Group ERP, ensuring that they are 
supported by appropriate governance structures. It will 
also look to strengthen the Board membership with 
independent Non‑Executive Directors where it is deemed 
desirable. We believe that our governance framework is 
robust and effective, but we recognise that there are 
improvements we can make given our commitment to 
follow the Code. This year we will conduct a thorough 
evaluation process led by our Senior Independent 
Director, to ensure the Board and its Committees are both 
efficient and effective with an appropriate mix of skills and 
experience.

Thank you for your continued support and I look forward 
to meeting any shareholders who can join us at our AGM 
on 8 November 2018.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201854

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

As a company whose shares are traded on AIM, the 
Company is subject to the AIM Rules for Companies. 
Pursuant to (amended) AIM Rule 26, with effect from 
28 September 2018, every company whose shares are 
traded on AIM is required to state on its website which 
corporate governance code it applies, how it complies 
with that code, and where it departs from its chosen 
corporate governance code an explanation of the reasons 
for doing so (‘Compliance Statement’).

The Board believes that effective corporate governance 
as best business practice will assist the delivery of the 
Group’s corporate strategy, the management of risk and 
the generation of shareholder value, improve Board 
efficiency, boost investor confidence, reduce cost of 
capital and help protect our shareholders’ long‑term 
interests. Clinigen values corporate governance highly,  
not only in the Boardroom but across the whole business 
of the Group.

After careful consideration of the Company’s 
circumstances and stage in development, and what  
is in the best interests of its shareholders, while having 
regard to employees, customers, suppliers and the 
Group’s operational impact on the community, the  
Board has agreed to report against the Code published  
by the Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) on  
17 June 2016.

The Company’s Compliance Statement which sets out 
how it complies with the Code is available from the 
Company’s website at www.clinigengroup.com.

The following section outlines in broad terms how the 
Board has managed and applied standards of corporate 
governance that are appropriate for the Group’s size  
and circumstances.

The role of the Board
The Board’s role is to establish the vision and strategy for 
the Group, and is responsible for the long‑term success 
of the Company. The individual members of the Board 
have equal responsibility for the overall stewardship, 
management and performance of the Group and for the 
approval of its long‑term objectives and strategic plans.

The Board is responsible to the Company’s shareholders 
with its main objective to increase the sustainable value of 
assets and long‑term viability of the Company. The Board 
reviews business opportunities and determines the risks 
and control framework. It also makes decisions on 
budgets, Group strategy and major capital expenditure. 
The day‑to day management of the business is delegated 
to the Executive Directors.

The Board has a schedule of matters specifically reserved 
for its approval. These matters are delegated to the Board 
Committees, Executive Directors, Executive Management 
Team and senior management where appropriate. The 
schedule of matters reserved for the Board and terms of 
reference for each of its Committees can be found on the 
website www.clinigengroup.com.

Matters considered by the Board in 2018 include:

 – Approval of the financial statements
 – Annual budget
 – Strategic review
 – Gender Pay Gap Reporting
 – General Data Protection Regulation
 – A revised and updated anti‑bribery and corruption 

policy

 – Acquisition strategy
 – Corporate governance in light of an external 

benchmarking study and AIM Rule 26 (as amended)

Division of responsibilities
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the 
Chairman and the CEO of the Company.

The role of the Chairman is to lead and manage the Board, 
ensuring the Board’s effectiveness in all aspects. They 
should facilitate active engagement by all members, 
promoting a culture of challenge, openness and scrutiny.

The CEO manages the Group’s business and develops its 
strategy. The CEO leads the senior management team in 
delivering the Group’s strategic objectives.

The Non‑Executive Directors’ responsibilities are to 
challenge and contribute towards the Group’s strategy, 
and to ensure that the financial controls and systems 
around risk management are suitably robust.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201855

The Board takes care that appointees have sufficient time 
available to allocate to the position. Each Non‑Executive 
Director is expected to allow the necessary time to 
conduct their duties which involves attending all Board 
and Committee meetings of which they are members.

Effective procedures are in place to deal with conflicts of 
interest. Other interests and commitments of Directors 
are known by the Board and any changes to their 
commitments are reported.

Our Articles of Association state that one‑third of the 
Directors must stand for re‑election by shareholders 
annually in rotation and that each Director appointed by 
the Board is subject to election by the shareholders at the 
first AGM after their appointment. However, to underline 
their accountability to shareholders and the Board’s 
commitment to appropriate corporate governance, each 
Director will stand for re‑election at the upcoming AGM. 
Following advice from the Nomination Committee, the 
Board has concluded that each Director is qualified for 
election or re‑election.

BOARD COMPOSITION

1

2

3

BOARD TENURE

1

Independent Non-Executive Chairman

Executive Directors

2

Independent Non-Executive Directors

0–3 years

4–6 years

7–9 years

3

GENDER DIVERSITY OF THE BOARD

5

1

Male

Female

Board composition
The Board consists of two Executive Directors, an 
Independent Non‑Executive Chairman and three 
Independent Non‑Executive Directors. John Hartup is the 
Company’s Senior Independent Director. John’s role as the 
Senior Independent Director is to act as a sounding board 
for the Chairman and a trusted intermediary for the other 
Directors. He is also available as an additional point of 
contact for shareholders. The names of the Directors and 
their biographies are set out on pages 50 and 51.

In accordance with the provisions of the Code, at least half 
the Board is comprised of Independent Non‑Executive 
Directors.

As planned, Peter George and John Bacon stepped down 
from the Board on 1 November 2017, and Anne Hyland 
joined the Board on 1 January 2018.

Chris Rigg joined the Board on 1 November 2017 following 
the acquisition of Quantum. He subsequently stepped 
down from the Board on 6 December 2017 to seek a CEO 
role elsewhere.

The Board considers that all of the Company’s Non‑
Executive Directors are Independent Directors, in 
both character and judgement, in accordance with 
recommendations of the Code. In addition, the Code sets 
out criteria designed to assist our Board in determining 
whether there are circumstances that might affect, 
or could appear to affect, a Director’s judgement and 
therefore their independence. In applying the criteria, 
the Board have concluded that the majority of Board 
members are independent Non‑Executive Directors.

The Board continues to assess that its membership has 
the right qualities required to operate within a robust 
governance structure which the Board believes fits the 
requirements of the Group. Priorities for the Board in 
2018–2019 include continually assessing progress against 
the strategic priorities and strengthening the Board 
membership with Independent Non‑Executive Directors 
where it is deemed necessary. In 2019, the Senior 
Independent Director will lead a thorough internal 
evaluation process of the Board and Committees, to 
ensure that in all aspects they are efficient and effective 
with an appropriate mix of skills and experience. The 
review will assess the composition, experience, dynamics, 
the Chairman’s leadership, and the Board’s role and 
responsibilities in connection with the Group’s strategy, 
oversight of risk and succession planning.

Appointment, removal and re-election of Directors
The Group seeks to recruit the best candidates at Board 
level and considers candidates on merit and against 
objective criteria. The process for the appointment of 
Directors is managed by the Nomination Committee.

Appointments are made with due regard for the benefits 
of diversity on the Board (including gender). The Group 
supports the Code in respect of diversity.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201856

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE STATEMENT

CONTINUED

Board and committee meetings
The Board meets on a formal basis regularly throughout 
the year and met nine times in the year ended 30 June 
2018. The Committee meetings are scheduled around the 
Board meetings. Agendas, Committee papers and other 
appropriate information are distributed prior to each 
meeting to allow the Board to meet its duties.

The Directors’ attendance during the year ended 30 June 
2018 are as follows:

Audit 
and Risk 
Committee

Board

Remuneration 
Committee

Nomination 
Committee

Current 
Directors

S Chilton

M Abell

P Allen

J Hartup1

I Nicholson

A Hyland 
(appointed 
to the Board 
January 2018)

Past Directors

P George (left 
the Board 
November 2017)

J Bacon (left 
the Board 
November 2017)

C Rigg2

9

9

9

8

9

5

3

3

0

4*

4*

4

4

4

3*

1*

3*

3*

3

3

3

2

1*

1*

1*

1*

1

1

1

1*

1*

*  By invitation
1.  Unable to attend one Board meeting due to prior commitment.
2.  Appointed to the Board in November 2017 and left the Board in 

December 2017.

Induction and development
On joining the Board, new Directors receive a 
comprehensive formal induction, involving meetings with 
senior management and external advisors. Individual 
training and development needs are reviewed regularly 
and provided as required. All Directors receive regular 
updates in legal, regulatory and governance matters by 
the Group General Counsel and Company Secretary, 
independent external auditors and advisors. The Group 
General Counsel and Company Secretary attends all 
Board meetings and has the responsibility of advising the 
Board on corporate governance matters and assisting 
with the flow of information to and from the Board.

Occasionally Board meetings are held at operational sites 
outside the UK to enhance the Board’s understanding of 
the business. This year Board meetings were held in the 
US and South Africa in addition to the UK.

Board committees
The Board has established a Nomination Committee, 
Audit and Risk Committee, and Remuneration Committee, 
each with having separate duties and responsibilities.

Nomination Committee
The Chairman of the Nomination Committee is Peter Allen, 
with John Hartup and Ian Nicholson the other members 
of the Committee. The primary role of the Committee is 
regularly to review the structure, size and composition 
of the Board, give full consideration to succession 
planning for Directors and other senior executives and 
evaluate the balance of skills, knowledge, experience and 
independence on the Board. The Committee meets at 
such times as the Chairman of the Committee requires.

Audit and Risk Committee
The Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee is Anne 
Hyland, with Peter Allen and Ian Nicholson being the 
other members of the Committee. Anne succeeded 
John Hartup as Chairman of the Committee upon her 
appointment to the Board in January 2018. The primary 
role of the Committee is to monitor, review and challenge 
the financial statements and regulatory environment, 
monitor the relationship with the external auditor, monitor 
the Group’s internal control and risk management 
and ensure compliance with laws and regulations. 
The Committee meets at such times as the Chairman 
of the Committee requires. The Committee carefully 
considers the key judgements applied in preparation 
of the consolidated financial statements including the 
estimated future discounted cash flows supporting the 
carrying value of goodwill and intangibles and the going 
concern assumption. Each of the relevant estimates 
and judgements have been confirmed as appropriate.

In accordance with the provisions of the Code, the 
Audit and Risk Committee should comprise at least 
three independent Non‑Executive Directors (excluding 
the Chairman) and so currently the composition of the 
Audit and Risk Committee does not comply with the 
Code. The Board believes that the Chairman, who is a 
Chartered Accountant, has highly relevant experience 
to contribute to the Committee discussions.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201857

The Board believes that appropriate steps are taken to 
ensure that the Board, and in particular the Non‑Executive 
Directors, develop an understanding of the views of major 
shareholders. Prior to each Board meeting, an Investor 
Relations report is circulated which includes analysts’ and 
brokers’ briefings and following results roadshows, broker 
and advisor feedback is also passed to the Board.

Share dealing
The Company has established a Group share dealing code 
which complies with all applicable legislation, and all the 
Directors of the Group understand the importance of 
compliance with the Code.

AGM
The Company’s AGM is used by the Board to 
communicate with shareholders, who are all entitled 
to attend. The presentation of the results will be given 
by the CEO, followed by the formal business of the 
meeting. The meeting provides an opportunity to ask 
questions of each of the Board members as part of 
the agenda, or more informally after the meeting.

The Notice of AGM and all related papers are sent to each 
shareholder at least 20 working days before the meeting. 
The outcomes of the voting on resolutions are announced 
to the London Stock Exchange via the Regulatory News 
Service and added to the Clinigen website.

Whistleblowing
The Group operates a whistleblowing policy which allows 
all employees to raise concerns to senior management in 
strict confidence about any unethical business practices, 
fraud, misconduct or wrongdoing.

The audit of Clinigen’s Annual Report and Accounts for 
the year ended 30 June 2017, performed by PwC, was 
chosen by the FRC for an audit quality review as part 
of their routine quality monitoring process. The Audit 
and Risk Committee received a full copy of the findings 
and met with PwC to close out the points raised by 
the review. The Audit and Risk Committee is satisfied 
that the matters raised do not give it concerns over 
the quality, objectivity or independence of the audit.

Remuneration Committee
The Chairman of the Remuneration Committee is Ian 
Nicholson, with Peter Allen and John Hartup being the 
other members of the Committee. The primary role of the 
Committee is to determine and agree the remuneration 
of the Company’s Chairman, CEO, Executive Directors 
and senior managers, with the objective to ensure 
there is an appropriate remuneration strategy in place 
to encourage enhanced performance and reward for 
individual contributions to the success of the Company. 
The Committee also reviews the design of all Group 
share incentive plans and oversees major changes to 
employee benefit structures across the wider business. 
The Committee reviews the performance targets 
regularly to ensure that they are both challenging and 
closely linked to the Group’s strategic priorities. The 
level of remuneration of the Directors is set out in the 
Group’s Remuneration Report on pages 58 to 67.

Risk management and internal control
The Board has responsibility for establishing and 
maintaining the Group’s internal control systems. 
The Board regularly reviews, and evaluates internal 
controls, ensuring they meet the needs of the Group. 
The internal controls are designed to manage risk 
rather than eliminate it and therefore cannot provide 
absolute assurance against material misstatement or 
loss. Primary responsibility for reviewing internal controls 
has been delegated to the Audit and Risk Committee.

Communication with investors
The Board realises that effective communication 
with shareholders on strategy and governance is 
an important part of its responsibilities. The CEO 
and CFO have a regular dialogue with institutional 
shareholders engaging proactively with them and 
ensuring their views are communicated back to the 
Board. The Investor Relations department acts as 
a focal point for contact with investors throughout 
the year. The Chairman and Non‑Executive Directors 
continue to be available to discuss matters of concern 
as requested. Interim and final results are communicated 
via formal meetings with roadshows, participation in 
conferences and additional dialogue with key investor 
representatives held in the intervening periods.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201858

REMUNERATION  
REPORT

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE  
CHAIRMAN’S STATEMENT

IAN NICHOLSON
Independent Non‑Executive Chairman  
of the Remuneration Committee
26 September 2018

“ IN ORDER TO DELIVER THE GROUP’S 
STRATEGY, THE COMMITTEE BELIEVES 
CLINIGEN MUST CONTINUE TO 
ATTRACT, MOTIVATE AND RETAIN 
THE HIGHEST CALIBRE TALENT IN 
THE SECTOR.”

Dear Shareholder,
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present you with 
the Remuneration Committee’s report for the year ended 
30 June 2018.

The Remuneration Committee was chaired by me 
throughout the year and my co‑members were Peter Allen 
and John Hartup. The Committee met four times formally 
in 2018.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201859

In order to deliver the Group’s strategy, the Committee 
believes Clinigen must continue to attract, motivate and 
retain the highest calibre talent in the sector. The 
Committee therefore must ensure that the remuneration 
policy is appropriate for a diverse and unique team working 
in a dynamic and successful business. The governance of 
the remuneration policy is equally important to ensure it is 
appropriate for a business the size and profile of the Group.

As has already been mentioned in this Annual Report, the 
Group has delivered another strong financial performance, 
with Group adjusted EBITDA of £76.0m up 17%. The 
company related performance condition for the annual 
bonus for the last financial year was based on the 
achievement of stretching adjusted Group EBITDA targets 
and personal objectives. In view of performance, the 
Committee has determined that the CEO and CFO will 
both receive annual bonus payouts of 58% of their 
maximum opportunities.

The long‑term incentive plan (‘LTIP’) held by the CEO, which 
vested in September 2017, was subject to TSR performance 
for the period from 25 September 2014 to 24 September 
2017. During this period, TSR exceeded the maximum stretch 
target with 100% of the award vesting.

During the year, Shaun Chilton’s annual base salary 
increased from £400,000 to £600,000. Shaun became 
CEO in November 2016, during his first year he has 
settled into the role extremely well. Consequently, the 
Board decided to further increase his basic salary to 
the median of his peers. It is not anticipated that a 
further market adjustment will be required in 2019‑
2020. In order to reflect the scale of the business 
and increased responsibility of his role following 
both the acquisition of Quantum and recent product 
acquisitions, we believe that his annual base salary 
increase is fully justified and in line with market rates.

The Committee believe that the increase in base salary 
and the LTIP award are fair and appropriate, reflecting  
the results that have been delivered and value created  
for shareholders over the period in which they apply.

Due to the continuing pressures on executive 
remuneration, particularly for main market listed 
companies, the Committee regularly reviews the 
remuneration policy to ensure it remains appropriate for 
the business. The Committee has determined that the 
policy does not require fundamental changes to the way 
our Executive Directors are remunerated.

As an AIM‑listed company we voluntary seek advisory 
shareholder approval for our Remuneration Report in 
order to provide accountability and for shareholders to 
express their views on the remuneration policy and its 
implementation. All feedback provided by shareholders 
helps form the Committee’s approach to governance of 
the remuneration policy. The Committee welcomes any 
feedback on the remuneration policy.

I hope you find the Remuneration Report useful and the 
Committee looks forward to your continued support.

As an AIM‑listed company, Clinigen is not subject to the 
UK Listing Rules and makes the following disclosures 
voluntarily.

The Group’s Remuneration Report will be put forward, on 
an advisory basis, for shareholder approval at the AGM to 
be held on 8 November 2018. The current policy came into 
effect following the AGM on 28 November 2017.

Remuneration policy
The remuneration policy has been constructed to offer 
appropriate, competitive remuneration to attract, retain 
and motivate senior executives to avoid excessive or 
inappropriate risk‑taking and encourage them to 
implement the Group’s strategy for the benefit of 
long‑term shareholder value.

The Board believes in pay for performance against 
challenging targets and stretching goals. The approach is 
to set base salaries around the median for our comparator 
group. A significant proportion of the total remuneration 
package is variable and linked to corporate performance. 
In setting Directors’ remuneration, the Committee takes 
account of the remuneration of other companies of similar 
size and complexity. The Committee also takes into account 
the pay and employment conditions of all our employees.

The Remuneration Committee determines the 
remuneration policy for the Chairman, Executive Directors 
and senior managers. The remuneration for the Chairman 
is determined by the Committee (with the Chairman not 
present for any discussions). The remuneration of the 
Non‑Executive Directors is determined by the Chairman  
of the Committee and the Executive Directors.

The Committee reviews the performance targets regularly 
to ensure that they are both challenging and closely linked 
to the Group’s strategic priorities. Furthermore, because a 
large part of the remuneration package is delivered in 
shares, they are directly exposed to the same gains or 
losses as all other shareholders.

The Committee ensures that the incentive structure for 
senior executives does not raise environmental, social or 
governance risks by inadvertently motivating irresponsible 
behaviour. Part of the annual bonus depends upon an 
assessment of each senior executive’s personal contribution 
to Company measures, including results of the regular 
employee surveys and health and safety outcomes.

Shareholders’ views
The Committee considers the views expressed by 
shareholders during the year, including at the AGM, and 
encourages open dialogue with its largest shareholders. 
In addition, in determining the remuneration policy, 
the Committee takes into account guidance issued 
by shareholder representative bodies, including the 
Investment Association, the Pensions and Lifetime Savings 
Association and Institutional Shareholders Services.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201860

REMUNERATION REPORT

CONTINUED

Executive Directors
The Executive Directors’ remuneration consists of five components to ensure there is a balance between fixed and 
performance‑related remuneration. The table below sets out a summary of our remuneration policy:

Purpose and link to strategy:

Operation:

Maximum opportunity:

Performance metrics:

Base salary

To provide a core reward 
for undertaking the role, 
positioned at a level 
needed to recruit and 
retain the talent required 
to develop and deliver the 
business strategy.

Annual bonus

To support the delivery 
of the Group’s annual 
business plan. The focus 
is on the delivery of the 
annual financial, strategic, 
customer and people KPIs.

There are no maximum 
levels set although 
increases will normally 
be in line with the typical 
level of increases awarded 
to other employees 
at Clinigen and will 
be a reflection of the 
individual’s performance.

The Remuneration 
Committee may award 
increases above this level 
in certain circumstances, 
including if there is an 
increase in the scope of 
roles and responsibilities. 
Base salaries are usually 
reviewed annually.

The maximum award 
opportunity in respect of 
any financial year is based 
on role and is up to 125% of 
base salary.

The Remuneration 
Committee sets base 
salaries taking into 
account a range of factors 
including:
 – the individual’s skills, 
performance and 
experience;

 – internal relativities and 
wider workforce salary 
levels;

 – external benchmark data;
 – the size and 

responsibility of the role;

 – the complexity of 
the business and 
geographical scope; and

 – economic indicators.

Performance targets are 
approved annually by the 
Remuneration Committee. 
The Remuneration 
Committee exercises its 
judgement to determine 
payout levels after the 
year end, based on 
performance against 
targets. This ensures 
that the outcome is fair 
in the context of overall 
Group performance and 
against personal goals. 
For Executive Directors, 
20% of any bonus above 
50% of salary will be 
deferred. For example; 
this would relate to 10% of 
total for those receiving 
100% bonus, 5% for those 
getting 75%. The deferral 
period will be one year.

Performance is measured 
against a range of key 
financial metrics, strategic, 
customer and people 
indicators and personal 
performance. Stretch 
targets are set for maximum 
payout. Performance is 
measured over 12 months.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201861

Purpose and link to strategy:

Operation:

Maximum opportunity:

Performance metrics:

LTIP

To reward participants 
for the delivery of the 
Group’s goals of driving 
shareholder value through 
measures such as the 
Group’s adjusted EPS 
and TSR.

Pension

Other benefits

To provide a competitive, 
flexible retirement benefit 
in a way that does not 
create an unacceptable 
level of financial risk or 
cost to the Group.

To provide market‑
competitive monetary and 
non‑monetary benefits, in 
a cost‑effective manner, 
to assist employees in 
carrying out their duties 
efficiently.

The maximum award 
opportunity is based on 
role. The maximum award 
possible under the plan 
rules is usually 100% of 
salary but may rise to 
400% in exceptional 
circumstances. Awards 
above 100% are unusual 
and usually a one‑off 
award per individual.

Vesting of the award is 
based on a combination of 
the following performance 
measures:
 – cumulative Group adjusted 
EPS compared to targets;

 – cumulative Group TSR 

compared to FTSE Small 
Cap Index (ex Investment 
Trusts); and

 – personal objectives.

The split between these 
measures, for each grant, 
is set annually by the 
Remuneration Committee. 
In 2018, 40% of the award 
was based on EPS, 40% on 
TSR and 20% on personal 
objectives. The personal 
objectives component can 
only vest if a minimum EPS 
target is achieved. 

Employer contribution 
into the Group’s defined 
contribution pension plan 
of up to 15% of salary.

There is no maximum 
value of the core benefit 
package as this is 
dependent on the cost 
to the Company and the 
individual’s circumstances.

Award of shares subject 
to performance measured 
over a three‑year period. 
Performance targets 
are set annually for 
each three‑year cycle 
by the Remuneration 
Committee. Awards are 
subject to review by the 
Remuneration Committee 
at the end of the three‑
year performance period 
to confirm that vesting of 
the award is appropriate. 
Unvested awards can be 
reduced or withheld in 
certain circumstances.

Executive Directors 
are auto‑enrolled into 
a defined contribution 
pension plan and are 
offered the alternative of 
a cash allowance. Legacy 
arrangements will continue 
to be honoured.

Executive Directors are 
provided with a package 
of core benefits, including 
private healthcare, health 
screening, death in service 
protection, disability 
benefit and reimbursement 
of membership fees of 
professional bodies. The 
Company also operates 
a sharesave scheme. This 
scheme is open to all 
permanent employees 
of the Group who have 
completed the requisite 
length of service at the 
launch of each award.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201862

REMUNERATION REPORT

CONTINUED

Payment for loss of office
In a departure event, the Committee will typically consider 
whether any element of bonus should be paid for the 
financial year. Generally, any bonus, if paid, will be limited 
to the period served during the financial year in which the 
departure occurs. The Committee will consider whether 
any of the share element of deferred bonus awarded or 
LTIP in prior years should be preserved either in full or in 
part and whether any deferred cash payments should be 
preserved either in full or in part.

The Committee has a discretionary approach to the 
treatment of leavers, on the basis that the facts and 
circumstances of each case are unique. The overriding 
approach to payments for loss of office is to act in the 
shareholders’ interests. The default position is that an 
unvested share award, LTIP or cash entitlement lapses on 
cessation of employment. This provides the Committee 
with the maximum flexibility to review the facts and 
circumstances of each case, allowing differentiation 
between good and bad leavers and avoiding payment for 
failure. When considering a departure event, there are a 
number of factors which the Committee takes into 
account. These include:

 – the position under the relevant plan documentation;
 – the individual circumstances of the departure;
 – the performance of the Company/individual during 

the year to date; and

 – the nature of the handover process.

In some cases, the treatment is formally prescribed under 
the rules of the relevant plan so that where there are good 
leaver circumstances awards, which would otherwise lapse 
by default, awards may vest either on the normal vesting 
date or on cessation of employment. These circumstances 
may include death, injury, ill‑health, disability, redundancy 
or sale of the Company or business.

Non-Executive Directors
The Board aims to recruit high‑calibre Non‑Executive 
Directors, with broad commercial, international or 
other relevant experience. Each Non‑Executive 
Director has an appointment letter setting out the 
terms of his or her appointment. They do not have 
service contracts. The letter includes membership of 
any Board committees, the fees to be paid and the 
time commitment expected. Appointments are for an 
initial period of three years. During that period, either 
party can give the other at least three months’ notice 
of termination. All Board appointments automatically 
terminate in the event of a Director not being elected or 
re‑elected by shareholders at the AGM each year. The 
appointment of a Non‑Executive Director is terminable 
on notice by the Company without compensation. 
At the end of the period, the appointment may be 
continued by mutual agreement. The appointment 
letter also covers matters such as confidentiality, 
data protection and Clinigen’s share dealing code.

Non‑Executive Directors cannot individually vote on their 
own remuneration. Non‑Executive Director remuneration 
is reviewed by the Chairman and the Executive Directors, 
and discussed and agreed by the Board. Non‑Executive 
Directors may attend the Board discussion but may not 
participate in it.

Details of the service agreements for the Executive 
Directors and letters of appointment for the Non‑
Executive Directors are set out below:

S Chilton

M Abell

P Allen

J Hartup

I Nicholson

A Hyland

P George

J Bacon

C Rigg

Date of contract

3 January 2012

3 August 2015

1 August 2012

1 June 2011

1 September 2012

1 January 2018

Unexpired term
(months) or rolling contract

Notice period (months)

Rolling

Rolling

Rolling

Rolling

Rolling

Rolling

12

6

3

3

3

3

1 July 2010

Stood down 1 November 2017

30 October 2015

Stood down 1 November 2017

1 November 2017

Stood down 6 December 2017

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201863

Remuneration governance
The Remuneration Committee consists of three independent Non‑Executive Directors. The table below provides each 
member’s attendance record at Committee meetings during the year. The Committee members’ biographies are set out 
on pages 50 to 51.

Committee member

I Nicholson

P Allen

J Hartup

Position

Appointed

Attendance

Committee Chair

September 2012

Non‑Executive Director

Non‑Executive Director

August 2012

June 2011

3/3

3/3

3/3

The key areas of focus for the Remuneration Committee during 2018 include:

 – approved the Remuneration Report
 – reviewed and approved UK and International sharesave plans
 – reviewed performance conditions and targets for 2018 bonus and LTIPs
 – reviewed 2017 personal objectives and set 2018 personal objectives for the Executive Directors
 – reviewed and approved additional 2017 LTIP awards for senior managers
 – prepared the Company’s first Gender Pay Gap Report
 – reviewed and approved base salary increases for the Executive Directors, senior managers and the Chairman
 – reviewed wider market trends and best practice reporting in remuneration

The key areas of focus for the Remuneration Committee for the year ahead include:

 – prepare and publish the Remuneration Report
 – determine performance conditions and targets for 2019 bonus and LTIPs
 – review and approve base salary increases for the Executive Board, senior managers and the Chairman
 – prepare and publish the Gender Pay Gap Report

Annual report on remuneration
The Executive Directors’ and Non‑Executive Directors’ remuneration for 2018 and 2017 are set out below:

£000

S Chilton

M Abell

P Allen

J Hartup

I Nicholson

A Hyland1

P George2

J Bacon3

C Rigg4

Salary/Fees

Bonus

533

277

140

70

70

35

23

20

23

309

161

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2018

LTIP

465

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Other

Total Salary/Fees

Bonus

LTIP

Other

Total

2017

51

29

4

–

–

1

1

–

–

1,358

467

144

70

70

36

24

20

23

360

258

125

65

65

–

191

57

–

400

275

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,548

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

41

28

5

–

–

–

8

–

–

2,349

561

130

65

65

–

199

57

–

1.  Anne Hyland joined the Board as Non‑Executive Director in January 2018.
2.  Peter George stood down as Chief Executive Officer to become a Non‑Executive Director in November 2016 and subsequently stood down from the 

Board in November 2017.

3.  John Bacon stood down from the Board in November 2017.
4.  Chris Rigg joined the Board as an Executive Director in November 2017 and stood down from the Board in December 2017. A payment of £375,000 

as compensation for loss of office was paid on leaving the Group.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201864

REMUNERATION REPORT

CONTINUED

One Director (2017: three) is a member of the defined contribution pension scheme.

As mentioned on page 59, following his successful first year as CEO, the Board decided to increase Shaun Chilton’s 
annual base salary from £400,000 to £600,000. It is not anticipated that a further market adjustment will be required 
in 2019‑2020. In order to reflect the scale of the business and increased responsibility of his role following both the 
acquisition of Quantum and recent product acquisitions, the Board believe that Shaun’s annual base salary increase is 
fully justified and in line with market rates.

Martin Abell’s annual base salary increased by 2.7% from £275,000 to £282,425 following the annual salary review in 
April 2018, in‑line with the Group’s UK based employees.

The amount payable to the highest paid Director in respect of emoluments was £1,358,000 (2017: £2,349,000), 
comprising basic salary and bonus of £842,000 (2017: £760,000), long‑term share‑based incentives vesting of 
£465,000 (2017: £1,548,000) and other benefits of £51,000 (2017: £41,000).

Annual bonus
The Executive Directors were eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 100% of salary, based on the achievement of 
stretching adjusted Group EBITDA targets and personal objectives. Group EBITDA targets unlock up to 70% of 
maximum bonus potential, whilst personal objectives unlock up to 30%. The personal objectives are set on an individual 
basis and are linked to the corporate, financial, strategic and other non‑financial objectives of the Group. The 
Committee believe the objectives to be commercially sensitive and are therefore not provided in this report.

The annual bonuses awarded for the 2018 financial year were as follows:

£000

S Chilton

M Abell

Total bonus awarded 
in September 2018 
(relating to 2018 
financial year)

Bonus to be paid 
in September 2018 
(relating to 2018 
financial year)

Deferred bonus to be 
paid in September 
2018 (relating to 2017 
financial year)

Deferred bonus to be 
paid in September 
2019 (relating to 2018 
financial year)

Percentage of base 
salary of total bonus 
awarded (relating to 
2018 financial year)

309

161

300

157

40

28

9

4

58

58

Maximum  
percentage  
of salary

100%

100%

The deferred element of the bonus relating to the 2017 financial year was paid in September 2018. For the 2018 financial 
year, the annual bonus awarded for the Executive Directors was 58% of their base salary. 20% of the bonus earned in 
excess of 50% of base salary is deferred for one year in line with the stated policy.

LTIP
Nil cost share options granted to Shaun Chilton in June 2015 vested in September 2017. These awards were subject to a 
performance criteria over the period from 25 September 2014 to 24 September 2017 with 100% of the award based on 
TSR. The level of achievement against this target was 100%.

Awards were granted to the Executive Directors as part of the LTIP in October and November 2017, with vesting of the 
awards subject to the performance conditions, as set out on the following page, in October 2020. The split between 
these measures, for each grant, is set annually by the Remuneration Committee. 40% of the award is based on EPS, 
40% on TSR and 20% on personal objectives. The personal objectives component can only vest if a minimum EPS 
target is achieved.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201865

The TSR and EPS performance targets of the LTIPs currently running, namely the ‘Clinigen Group LTIP 2015’,  
are as follows:

Total shareholder return

TSR against the FTSE Small Cap Index (ex Investment Trusts) over the performance period

Percentages of award that vests

Less than the Index

Equal to the Index

0%

25%

Between the Index but less than 15% out performance of the Index on a 
cumulative basis over the TSR performance period

Calculated on a straight‑line basis 
between 25% and 100%

Equal to or greater than 15% out performance of the Index on a cumulative 
basis over the TSR performance period

100%

EPS

EPS compound annual growth rate over the performance period

Percentages of award that vests

< 5% CAGR

5%–10% CAGR

> 10% CAGR

Calculated on a straight‑line basis between 25% and 100%

100%

0%

Personal objectives
The element of the award relating to personal objectives shall only vest if the personal objectives have been achieved 
and the minimum EPS threshold, shown above, is achieved.

An exception to the above performance conditions relates to the award issued to Martin Abell in November 2015,  
due to vest in November 2018. One quarter of this award has no performance condition attached, as it was made to 
compensate Martin Abell for the value of awards that he relinquished from his former employer when he joined the 
Group. The remaining three quarters of the award has a performance condition in line with the above.

During the year, share options that were issued to and exercised by the Executive Directors as part of the LTIP are set 
out in the table below:

Plan

S Chilton

Clinigen Group Long‑Term Incentive Plan

Clinigen Group Long‑Term Incentive Plan 2015

M Abell

Clinigen Group Long‑Term Incentive Plan 2015

Clinigen Group Sharesave Plan

C Rigg1

Clinigen Group Long‑Term Incentive Plan 2015

30 June 
2017

43,811

196,075

159,814

3,846

–

Exercised

Granted 

Lapsed

30 June 
2018

–

–

–

–

–

–

78,534

23,996

–

–

43,811

– 274,609

– 183,810

–

3,846

79,365

79,365

–

1.  Chris Rigg joined the Board as an Executive Director in November 2017 and stood down in December 2017.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201866

REMUNERATION REPORT

CONTINUED

Total shareholder return
In the six years since IPO on 24 September 2012 until 7 September 2018, the Group’s TSR, defined as share price growth 
including reinvested dividends, has outperformed the FTSE All‑Share Index by 417%, the FTSE 350 Pharma and Bio 
Index by 396% and the FTSE Small Cap Index (ex Investment Trusts) by 360%.

TSR (P, REBASED TO CLINIGEN)

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

SEP 12

SEP 13

SEP 14

SEP 15

SEP 16

SEP 17

SEP 18

Clinigen

FTSE All-Share

FTSE 350 Pharma & Biotech

FTSE Small Cap

Directors’ interests
The interests of the Directors over the Ordinary Share capital of the Company as at 30 June 2018 are as follows:

S Chilton

P Allen

M Abell

J Hartup

I Nicholson

A Hyland1

P George2

J Bacon3

C Rigg4

Total

Number of 
shares owned 
outright

Number 
of share 
options with 
performance 
conditions

Number of 
share options 
without 
performance 
conditions

312,943

274,609

47,232

–

–

–

19,404

153,017

34,639

10,000

10,000

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Number of 
vested but 
unexercised 
options

43,811

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

399,579

335,247

127,018

43,811

1.  Anne Hyland joined the Board as Non‑Executive Director in January 2018.
2.  Peter George stood down as Chief Executive Officer to become a Non‑Executive Director in November 2016 and subsequently stood down from the 

Board in November 2017.

3.  John Bacon stood down from the Board in November 2017.
4.  Chris Rigg joined the Board as an Executive Director in November 2017 and stood down in December 2017.

There has been no change in the interests set out above between 30 June 2018 and 26 September 2018.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201867

CEO remuneration
The total remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer during each of the last four financial years is shown in the table 
below. The total remuneration includes base salary, annual bonus (based on previous year’s performance), LTIPs and 
other benefits. The annual bonus payout on that year’s performance and LTIP vesting level as a percentage of the 
maximum is also shown. 

Total remuneration (£000)

Annual bonus (% of maximum)

LTIP vesting (% of maximum)

Financial 
year 2015

Financial 
year 2016

Financial 
year 2017

Financial 
year 2018

Percentage 
change 

567

48%

0%

6,103

2,349

0%1

100%

100%

100%

1,358

58%

100%

(42)%

(42)%

0%

Percentage 
change 
for all 
employees

9%

(41)%

0%

Peter George stood down as Chief Executive Officer to become a Non‑Executive Director in November 2016 where upon Shaun Chilton was promoted to 
Chief Executive Officer.
1.  For the year ended 30 June 2016, the annual performance bonus for the Executive Director’s paid at 95% of their basic salary. Peter George waived his 

entire bonus.

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the Group’s actual spend on pay (for all employees) relative to dividends, and adjusted profit 
before tax for the year.

Year ended 30 June 2018

Total employee pay

Dividends

Adjusted profit before tax

2017  
£m

37.2

4.9

61.3

2018  
£m

40.4

6.3

69.0

Change  

%

9%

29%

13%

Gender pay gap reporting
The Group recognises the importance of diversity and inclusion, including gender, at all levels of the Company.

The Group already has a strong female representation in both management and operational boards. We continue to 
actively recruit and develop women into our top management structures to enable us to better reflect and serve the 
diverse communities and cultures in which we operate around the world.

A full compliance statement can be found on the Group website at www.clinigengroup.com/uk‑gender‑pay‑gap‑report.

Remuneration policy in 2019
The Committee does not anticipate any significant changes to the remuneration policy in 2019, but it will continue to 
review the salaries and benefits of the Executive Directors throughout the year.

Along with the salary review timetable for the Company as a whole, the Executive Directors’ salaries for 2019 are 
scheduled to be reviewed in April 2019. Any increases to the Executive Directors’ salaries are expected to be in line 
with the average UK employee, other than where a larger increase is awarded to reflect additional duties.

No changes are proposed to the Non‑Executive Directors’ fees for 2019.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201868

REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

The Directors present their report together with the 
Strategic Report and the audited consolidated financial 
statements for the year ended 30 June 2018.

Clinigen Group plc is a public limited company, which is 
listed on AIM, incorporated and domiciled in the UK and 
registered in England and Wales.

Principal activities
Clinigen is a specialty global pharmaceutical and services 
company headquartered in the UK, with offices in the US, 
South Africa, Australia, New Zealand, Japan, Hong Kong, 
Singapore, Greece and Ireland. The Parent Company is a 
holding company for the Group, holding the product 
portfolio of intangible assets of the Group and providing 
management services for the other Group companies 
which undertake the Group’s three operations.

CTS is the global market leader in the specialist supply 
and management of quality‑assured comparator 
medicines and services to clinical trials and IITs.

The Unlicensed Medicines business operation is the global 
leader in ethically sourcing and supplying unlicensed 
medicines to hospital pharmacists and physicians for 
patients with a high unmet medical need. The operation 
manages early access programs to innovative new 
medicines and provides ‘on‑demand’ access globally to 
medicines which remain unlicensed at the point of care.

The Commercial Medicines business operation acquires 
global rights to niche hospital‑only and critical care 
products, revitalising these assets around the world and 
returning them back to sustained growth. The operation 
also provides access to licensed and branded generic 
medicines in the Africa and Asia Pacific region and has a 
UL2L strategy, where it looks to take unlicensed medicines 
with commercial potential and licenses them, helping to 
address unmet medical need and allowing the Group to 
capitalise on its market‑leading positions.

The three operations work in synergy to attain our primary 
aim of supplying ‘the right medicine, to the right patient, 
at the right time’.

Strategic report
As permitted by legislation, some of the matters required 
to be included in the report of the directors have instead 
been included in the strategic report on pages 4 to 49, as 
the board considers them to be of strategic importance. 
Specifically, these are risk management on pages 42 to 
45, business review and future developments on pages 
30 to 37, and corporate social responsibility on pages 
46 to 49. The strategic report forms part of this report 
of the directors and is incorporated into it by cross‑
reference. Both the strategic report and the report 
of the directors have been drawn up and presented 
in accordance with and in reliance upon applicable 
English company law, and the liabilities of the directors 

in connection with those reports shall be subject to 
the limitations and restrictions provided by such law. 

KPIs
The Group’s KPIs are discussed in the Strategic Report. 
The Directors consider the Group KPIs as adjusted gross 
profit, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted basic EPS. The 
KPIs for the business operations are the number of local, 
regional and global assets under management, the 
number of exclusive supply agreements in Unlicensed 
Medicines and the community of registered users 
on Cliniport.

Financial instruments
The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial 
risks that include credit risk, liquidity risk and foreign 
exchange risk. The Group has a risk management program 
that seeks to limit the adverse effects on the financial 
performance of the Group by monitoring levels of debt 
finance and related finance costs and managing foreign 
currency transactions. The Group has implemented 
policies that require appropriate credit checks before a 
sale is made. The Group reduces its exposure to currency 
fluctuations on translation by managing currencies at 
Group level using bank accounts denominated in foreign 
currencies. Where there is sufficient visibility of currency 
requirements, forward contracts are used to hedge its 
exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. 

Further detail is provided in note 20 of the consolidated 
financial statements.

Creditor payment policy
It is the policy and normal practice of the Group to make 
payments due to suppliers in accordance with agreed 
terms and conditions, generally 30 days. Where suppliers 
offer early settlement discounts, these may be taken 
advantage of. The policy will also be applied for 2019.

Major shareholders
As at 30 June 2018, the following shareholders held  
an interest of 3% or more of the Company’s issued  
share capital:

AXA Framlington Investment Managers

Old Mutual Global Investors

Rathbones

Octopus Investments

Wasatch Advisors

Leaver family

Janus Henderson Group

BAE Systems Pensions

Neuberger Berman

% of total 
voting 
rights

8.7%

6.1%

5.5%

4.2%

4.1%

3.5%

3.4%

3.3%

3.1%

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201869

Dividend
As explained in the CFO statement, the Directors propose 
a final dividend of 3.84p per share, subject to approval at 
the AGM on 8 November 2018. The dividend will be 
payable on 30 November 2018 to all shareholders on the 
register on 9 November 2018. Together with the interim 
dividend of 1.76p per share paid on 12 April 2018, this 
makes a combined dividend for the year of 5.6p per share 
(2017: 5.0p per share).

Events after the reporting date
In July 2018, the Group acquired the global rights to 
Proleukin outside the United States from Novartis, and 
the global rights to Imukin from Horizon Pharma.

On 26 September 2018, the Group reached an 
agreement to acquire 100% of the issued share 
capital of CSM Parent, Inc., a specialised provider of 
packaging, labelling, warehousing and distribution 
services from its locations in the US and continental 
Europe for an initial cash consideration of US$150m. 
Further contingent consideration of up to US$43m 
is payable in cash dependent on achieving EBITDA 
targets in the year ended 31 December 2019.

The Group is funding the acquisition and associated 
expenses through a refinancing of the Group’s existing 
debt facilities and an equity placing. The equity placing 
is targeting gross proceeds of approximately £80m.

On 26 September 2018, the Group acquired 100% of the 
share capital of iQone Healthcare Holding (Suisse) SA, a 
privately owned specialty pharmaceutical business based 
in Switzerland. Initial consideration is €7.5m, made up of 
€5.0m in cash and €2.5m in new Clinigen shares, with 
additional potential contingent consideration based on  
the achievement of certain future EBITDA targets.

Directors and appointment of Directors
The Directors who served during the year and up to the 
date of signing the financial statements were, unless 
otherwise stated, as follows:

S Chilton

M Abell

P Allen 

(Independent Non‑Executive Chairman)

J Hartup 

(Senior Independent Non‑Executive)

I Nicholson  (Independent Non‑Executive)

A Hyland

P George 

J Bacon 

C Rigg

(Independent Non‑Executive) (joined in 
January 2018)

(Non‑Executive) (stood down in  
November 2017)

(Non‑Executive) (stood down in  
November 2017)

(joined the Board as Executive Director 
in November 2017 and stood down in 
December 2017)

With regard to the appointment of Directors, the 
Company is governed by its Articles of Association, the 
Companies Act and related legislation. Directors are 
subject to re‑election at intervals of not more than three 
years. However, as a matter of best practice, all Board 
members will resign and submit themselves for re‑election 
annually in line with the Code.

Directors’ responsibilities statement
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and the financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial 
statements for each financial year. Under that law, the 
Directors have prepared the Group financial statements 
in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European 
Union (‘EU’) and the Parent Company financial statements 
in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting 
Standards, comprising FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure 
Framework” and applicable law). Under company law the 
Directors must not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company and 
of the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In 
preparing these financial statements, the Directors are 
required to:

 – select suitable accounting policies and then apply them 

consistently;

 – make judgements and accounting estimates that are 

reasonable and prudent;

 – state whether applicable IFRS as adopted by the EU 

have been followed for the Group financial statements 
and UK Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, 
have been followed for the Company financial 
statements, subject to any material departures 
disclosed and explained in the financial statements; and
 – prepare the financial statements on the going concern 
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the 
Company will continue in business.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and explain 
the Company’s transactions and disclose with reasonable 
accuracy at any time the financial position of the 
Company and the Group and enable them to ensure that 
the financial statements and the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as 
regards the Group financial statements, Article 4 of the 
IAS Regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding 
the assets of the Company and the Group and hence for 
taking reasonable steps for the prevention and detection 
of fraud and other irregularities.

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and 
integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the UK 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial 
statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201870

REPORT OF THE DIRECTORS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

CONTINUED

Provision of information to the independent auditors
Each of the Directors at the time when this Report of the 
Directors is approved has confirmed that:

 – so far as that Director is aware, there is no relevant audit 
information of which the Company’s and the Group’s 
auditors are unaware; and

 – that the Director has taken all the steps that ought to 
have been taken as a Director in order to be aware of 
any information needed by the Company and the 
Group’s auditors in connection with preparing their 
report and to establish that the Company and the 
Group’s auditors are aware of that information.

AGM notice
The notice convening the AGM to be held on 8 November 
2018, together with an explanation of the resolutions to  
be proposed at the meeting, is contained in a separate 
circular to shareholders.

Independent auditors
The auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, have 
expressed its willingness to continue in office and a 
resolution to reappoint it will be proposed at the 
forthcoming AGM.

This report was approved by the Board and signed  
on behalf of the Board:

MARTIN ABELL
Chief Financial Officer
26 September 2018

The Directors consider that the Annual Report and 
Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Company’s performance, 
business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are 
listed in the Report of the Directors confirm that, to the 
best of their knowledge:

 – the Group financial statements, which have been 

prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the EU 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit of the Group; and

 – the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the 

development and performance of the business and the 
position of the Group, together with a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

Directors’ indemnities
The officers of the Company and its subsidiaries would be 
indemnified in respect of proceedings which might be 
brought by a third party. No cover is provided in respect 
of any fraudulent or dishonest actions.

Employees
The policies relating to employees are discussed in  
the Corporate Social Responsibility section of the 
Strategic Report.

Political donations
In line with the established policy, the Group made no 
political donations.

Although the Group does not make, and does not intend 
to make, political donations, the definition of political 
donations under the Companies Act 2006 includes broad 
and potentially ambiguous definitions of the terms 
‘political donation’ and ‘political expenditure’, which may 
apply to some normal business activities which would not 
generally be considered to be political in nature.

As in previous years, a resolution will be proposed at the 
AGM seeking shareholder approval for the Directors to be 
given authority, to make political donations and/or to 
incur political expenditure, in each case within the 
meaning of the Companies Act 2006 for no more than 
£50,000. The Directors wish to emphasise that the 
proposed resolution is sought on a purely precautionary 
basis in order to avoid inadvertent contravention of the 
Companies Act 2006. The Board has no intention of 
entering into any party political activities.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201871

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF CLINIGEN GROUP PLC
Report on the audit of the Group financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, Clinigen Group plc’s Group financial statements (the ‘financial statements’):
 – give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s affairs as at 30 June 2018 and of its profit and cash flows for the 

year then ended;

 – have been properly prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRS’) as adopted by 

the European Union; and

 – have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2018 (the ‘Annual Report’), 
which comprise: the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2018; the consolidated income statement 
and consolidated statement of comprehensive income, the consolidated statement of cash flows, and the consolidated 
statement of changes in equity for the year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a 
description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview

Materiality

Audit scope

 – Overall Group materiality: £2.3m (2017: £2.1m), based on 5% of profit before tax before the 
deduction of non-underlying items save for amortisation relating to the intangible assets.

 – Following our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the Group financial 

statements we performed audits of the complete financial information of five components.
 – In addition, certain centralised functions, including those covering acquisition accounting, 

corporate taxation and goodwill and intangible asset impairment assessments were audited.
 – The components on which audits of the complete financial information and centralised work 

was performed accounted for 82% (2017: 96%) of Group revenue.

Key audit
matters

 – As part of our supervision process, the Group engagement team has been responsible for the 

audit of all significant components and for all of the in-scope reporting components.

Our assessment of the risk of material misstatement also informed our views on the areas of 
particular focus for our work which are listed below:
 – Assessment of the carrying value of acquired intangible assets and goodwill.
 – Fair value of assets and liabilities identified through acquisition accounting.

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements. In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in 
respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are 
inherently uncertain.

As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating 
whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit 
of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement 
(whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall 
audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our 
audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201872

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF CLINIGEN GROUP PLC CONTINUED

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Assessment of the carrying value of acquired 
intangible assets and goodwill
Refer to the critical accounting estimates and judgements 
in note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, and 
note 12 (intangible assets).

We focused on this area because the Directors’ 
assessment of whether impairment triggers have been 
identified that could give rise to an impairment charge 
in relation to intangible assets and goodwill, involved 
complex and subjective judgements and assumptions 
including the progress and future performance of 
individual products, in addition to the ongoing business 
activities of acquired entities.

The Directors have prepared impairment assessment 
models which include a number of assumptions. The 
assumptions which are deemed to be the most significant 
in respect of these models are the short and long term 
growth and discount rates.

Fair value of assets and liabilities identified through 
acquisition accounting
The Group made one significant acquisition during the 
year, Quantum Pharma Holdings Limited (‘Quantum’), 
for consideration of £143.5m.

The Group also made one smaller acquisition during 
the year, but we have focused our work on the larger 
acquisition due to the relative size and significance to 
the Group as a whole.

We focused on this area because the accounting 
treatment for the provisional opening balance sheet is 
inherently judgemental and requires the Directors to 
exercise many judgements, including in respect of the fair 
values of intangible assets and other assets and liabilities, 
and the calculation of associated goodwill.

For each separate intangible asset, including goodwill, we 
focused on the key assumptions relating to future revenue 
forecasts, margin expectations and associated selling 
costs. We were able to evaluate the reasonableness of 
the Directors’ forecasts and expectations including the 
impact upon terminal values by agreeing changes in growth 
assumptions to corroborating evidence and assessing 
the margin and selling costs expected to be achieved by 
reference to historical margins realised, and where relevant, 
consideration of actual performance against prior year 
forecasts.

We validated the inputs used by the Directors to calculate 
the discount rate applied by using our valuation specialists 
to compare this to the cost of capital for the Group and 
a selection of comparable organisations. The Directors’ 
key assumptions for long term growth rates were also 
compared to economic and industry forecasts for 
reasonableness.

We assessed, through the performance of sensitivity 
analysis over the key assumptions above, the extent of 
change in those assumptions that either individually or 
collectively would be required for any potential impairment 
charges, to have a material impact on the carrying value 
of the acquired intangible assets and goodwill. We also 
assessed the likelihood of such changes occurring.

As a result of our audit work, we agreed that the Directors’ 
assessment that no impairment triggers for acquired 
intangible assets were identified nor any impairment charge 
for goodwill is required to be recognised. We consider that 
the associated judgements taken were supportable.

For the significant acquisition:
 – We read the Scheme of Arrangement in order to 

understand the nature of the transaction and ensure that 
relevant clauses that impact the accounting had been 
considered by the Directors.

 – We tested the fair values ascribed to intangible assets by 
understanding the assumptions adopted in the valuation 
model, which critically include sales and margin 
forecasts, forecast attrition rates in relation to customers, 
useful economic lives of medicines and probability of 
success of licensing the pipeline of products. We 
engaged and evaluated the work of our valuation 
specialists who validated those underlying assumptions 
and confirmed that the Directors had adopted 
reasonable assumptions in each circumstance.

 – For the remaining fair values of other material assets and 
liabilities, we evaluated the Directors’ assessment that 
book values equal fair values, and confirmed this reflects 
information that was known in relation to events that 
existed at the transaction dates.

 – We note that the generated goodwill of £96.3m is the 
residual value of the consideration over and above the 
fair value of acquired net assets. We consider that the 
Directors’ assessment of the provisional fair value of the 
opening balance sheets of these acquisitions to be 
supportable.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201873

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, 
and the industry in which it operates.

The Group is structured along three segments, being Commercial Medicines, Unlicensed Medicines and Clinical Trial 
Services, with each segment set up to manage operations on both a regional and functional basis, consisting of a 
number of reporting entities.

The Group financial statements are a consolidation of 39 active reporting entities comprising the Group’s operating 
businesses and centralised functions. These reporting units maintain their own accounting records and controls and 
report to the head office finance team in the UK.

In establishing the overall approach for the Group audit, we determined the type of work that needed to be performed 
at each reporting unit. Accordingly, of the Group’s 39 active reporting entities we identified 5 which, in our view, 
required a full audit of their complete financial information in order to ensure that sufficient audit evidence was 
obtained. The reporting units on which a full audit of their complete financial information was performed accounted 
for 82% of Group revenue. Of these reporting entities, four were considered to be significant components due to their 
size or risk criteria; Clinigen Group plc, Clinigen CTS, Clinigen Healthcare Limited and Idis Limited. In addition, one 
non-significant reporting unit, Quantum Group sub-consolidation, was subjected to a full scope audit.

The Group consolidation, financial statements disclosures, and a number of centralised functions were audited by the 
Group engagement team at the head office. These included, but were not limited to, central procedures on derivative 
financial instruments, UK and corporate taxation and goodwill and intangible asset impairment assessments. We also 
performed Group level analytical procedures on all of the remaining out of scope active reporting units to identify 
whether any further audit evidence was needed, which resulted in no extra testing being required.

The Group engagement team are responsible for the audit of all in scope reporting components. The Group 
engagement team have been directly responsible for the audit of all significant components.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and 
in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall Group materiality

£2.3m (2017: £2.1m).

How we determined it

5% of profit before tax before the deduction of non-underlying items save for 
amortisation relating to the intangible assets.

Rationale for benchmark applied We believe that profit before tax adjusted for non-underlying items save for 

amortisation of the intangible assets provides a consistent basis for determining 
materiality as it eliminates the impact of these items which fluctuate year on year 
and can have a disproportionate impact on the consolidated income statement.

For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group 
materiality. The range of materiality allocated across components was between £0.5m and £2.1m. Certain components 
were audited to a local statutory audit materiality that was also less than our overall Group materiality.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
£115,000 (2017: £100,000) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for 
qualitative reasons.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201874

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF CLINIGEN GROUP PLC CONTINUED
Conclusions relating to going concern
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which ISAs (UK) require us to report to 
you when:
 – the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not 

appropriate; or

 – the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast 

significant doubt about the Group’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for a period 
of at least 12 months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the 
Group’s ability to continue as a going concern.

Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and 
our independent auditors’ report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the 
financial statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, 
except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency 
or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement 
of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report 
that fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Report of the Directors, we also considered whether the disclosures required 
by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) require 
us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Report of the Directors
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report 
and Report of the Directors for the year ended 30 June 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been 
prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and its environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Report of the Directors.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 69, the Directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied 
that they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due  
to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to continue  
as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis  
of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic 
alternative but to do so.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201875

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Parent Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these 
opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or 
into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
 – we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
 – certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

OTHER MATTER
We have reported separately on the Parent Company financial statements of Clinigen Group plc for the year ended 
30 June 2018.

PAUL NORBURY BSC FCA (SENIOR STATUTORY AUDITOR)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
East Midlands
September 2018

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201876

CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

(In £m)

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses 

Profit from operations

Finance income

Finance expense

Share of profit of joint venture

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

54.5

(27.1)

Earnings per share (pence)

Basic

Diluted

10

10

2018

Non-
underlying 
(note 7)

2017

Non-

underlying  
(note 7)
restated

Total 

Total 

Underlying 
restated 

Note

Underlying 

381.2

–

381.2

302.3

–

302.3

(241.1)

(1.4)

(242.5)

(179.5)

140.1

(1.4)

138.7

(66.9)

(30.3)

(97.2)

4

4

5

8

73.2 

(31.7)

0.3

(5.6)

0.8

68.7

–

–

(32.8)

9

(14.2)

5.7

(1.1)

(6.7)

(2.6)

(29.1)

(31.7)

122.8

(60.1)

62.7

0.2

(0.1)

(0.1)

(17.8)

(17.9)

–

(179.6)

122.7

(77.9)

44.8

0.2

0.8

61.1

–

(47.0)

0.8

14.1

(13.6)

3.3

(10.3)

47.5

(43.7)

3.8

41.5

0.3

0.8

35.9

(8.5)

27.4

22.9

22.5

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

(In £m)

Underlying 

2018

Non-
underlying 
(note 7)

Profit attributable to owners of the Company

54.5

(27.1)

2017

Non-
underlying 
(note 7)
restated

Underlying
restated 

47.5

(43.7)

Total 

27.4

Other comprehensive income 

Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit  
or loss

Cash flow hedges

Currency translation differences

Total other comprehensive income for the year

Total comprehensive income attributable to owners of 
the Company

All amounts relate to continuing operations.

(0.7)

(2.9)

(3.6)

–

–

–

(0.7)

(2.9)

(3.6)

0.3

10.1

10.4

–

–

–

0.3

10.1

10.4

50.9

(27.1)

23.8

57.9

(43.7)

14.2

3.3

3.2

Total 

3.8

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION AS AT 30 JUNE 2018

(In £m)

Assets

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment 

Investment in joint venture

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Loans and borrowings

Deferred tax liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Loans and borrowings

Corporation tax liabilities

Derivative financial instruments

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

Share capital

Share premium account

Merger reserve

Hedging reserve

Foreign exchange reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

77

Note

2018 

2017
restated 

12

13

14

21

15

16

20

17

18

19

21

18

19

20

22

23

23

23

23

23

497.6

332.5

6.8

6.6

2.6

3.3

8.7

3.6

513.6

348.1

21.3

95.9

–

36.3

153.5

667.1

–

172.8

31.0

203.8

16.7

65.9

1.0

27.8

111.4

459.5

1.3

54.2

20.1

75.6

106.5

118.7

–

6.8

0.5

113.8

317.6

349.5

8.6

7.5

–

134.8

210.4

249.1

0.1

0.1

161.3

161.2

86.0

(0.4)

7.6

94.9

5.4

0.3

10.5

71.6

349.5

249.1

The notes on pages 80 to 113 form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 76 to 113 were approved and authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 
26 September 2018 and were signed on its behalf by:

S CHILTON 
Director 

M ABELL
Director

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 
78

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

(In £m)

Operating activities

Profit for the year before tax

Share of profit of joint venture

Net finance costs

Profit from operations

Adjustments for:

Amortisation of intangible fixed assets

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Loss on disposal of non-current assets

Dividends received from joint venture

Movement in fair value of derivatives

Release of fair value on acquired inventory

Equity-settled share-based payment expense

(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

Increase in inventories

Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables and provisions

Cash generated from operations

Income taxes paid

Interest paid

Net cash flows from operating activities 

Investing activities

Purchase of intangible fixed assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Deferred consideration on the purchase of products

Purchase of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

Settlement of Quantum share awards on acquisition

Contingent consideration paid on the Link acquisition

Net cash used in investing activities

Financing activities

Proceeds from issue of shares

Proceeds from increase in loan

Loan repayments

Dividends paid

Net cash flows from/(used in) financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Exchange (losses)/gains

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Note

2018

2017

35.9

(0.8)

6.4

41.5

22.6

1.2

–

2.9

0.8

1.4

2.1

72.5

(14.6)

(1.4)

7.6

64.1

(12.6)

(3.9)

47.6

(11.1)

(1.2)

(1.5)

(62.1)

(8.6)

(38.7)

14.1

(0.8)

31.5

44.8

18.6

0.6

0.2

–

(2.0)

0.1

2.0

64.3

3.2

(0.8)

(12.0)

54.7

(6.9)

(1.7)

46.1

(6.4)

(1.4)

(1.0)

–

–

–

(123.2)

(8.8)

0.1

135.6

(45.0)

(6.3)

84.4

8.8

27.8

(0.3)

36.3

0.5

–

(33.4)

(4.9)

(37.8)

(0.5)

27.8

0.5

27.8

8

12

13

14

7

6

12

13

19

11

17

17

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201879

Retained 
earnings

71.6

27.4

–

–

–

–

27.4

2.1

Total
equity 

249.1

27.4

(2.9)

(0.1)

(0.4)

(0.2)

23.8

2.1

(0.1)

(0.1)

0.2

–

0.2

80.7

(6.3)

(6.3)

(4.1)

76.6

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

(In £m)

At 1 July 2017

Profit for the year

Currency translation differences

Cash flow hedges

– Effective portion of fair value movements

– Ineffective portion of fair value movements

– Transfers to the income statement (revenue)

Total comprehensive income

Share-based payment scheme

Deferred taxation on share-based payment 
scheme

Tax credit in respect of tax losses arising on 
exercise of share options

Issue of new shares

Dividend paid (note 11)

Total transactions with owners of the Company, 
recognised directly in equity

Share
capital 

Share
premium
account

Merger
reserve 

Hedging
reserve 

Foreign
exchange
reserve 

0.1

161.2

5.4

0.3

10.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

–

0.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

80.6

–

80.6

86.0

–

–

–

(2.9)

(0.1)

(0.4)

(0.2)

(0.7)

–

–

–

(2.9)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

At 30 June 2018

0.1

161.3

(0.4)

7.6

94.9

349.5

(In £m)

At 1 July 2016

Profit for the year

Currency translation differences

Cash flow hedges

– Effective portion of fair value movements

– Transfers to the income statement (revenue)

Total comprehensive income

Share-based payment scheme

Deferred taxation on share-based payment 
scheme

Tax credit in respect of tax losses arising on 
exercise of share options

Issue of new shares

Dividend paid (note 11)

Total transactions with owners of the Company, 
recognised directly in equity

Share
capital 

Share
premium
account

Merger
reserve 

Hedging
reserve 

Foreign
exchange
reserve 

0.1

160.7

5.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.5

–

0.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1.4

(1.1)

0.3

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.4

–

10.1

–

–

10.1

–

–

–

–

–

–

At 30 June 2017

0.1

161.2

5.4

0.3

10.5

Retained 
earnings

69.9

3.8

–

–

–

3.8

2.0

0.2

0.6

–

Total
equity 

236.5

3.8

10.1

1.4

(1.1)

14.2

2.0

0.2

0.6

0.5

(4.9)

(4.9)

(2.1)

71.6

(1.6)

249.1

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201880

NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018
1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group and applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial 
statements are set out below. The policies have been consistently applied to all years presented, unless otherwise 
stated.

Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of Clinigen Group plc have been prepared in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards, (‘IFRS’) as adopted for use in the European Union and IFRS Interpretations Committee 
interpretations (together ‘adopted IFRS’) and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 that are applicable to 
companies that prepare financial statements in accordance with IFRS. The consolidated financial statements have been 
prepared under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of financial assets and financial liabilities 
(including derivative instruments) at fair value through profit or loss.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with adopted IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting 
estimates. It also requires Group management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the Group’s 
accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and 
estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements are disclosed in note 2.

The accounting policies set out below have, unless otherwise stated, been applied consistently throughout the year 
presented in these financial statements. These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the 
Group’s functional currency. All financial information presented in pounds sterling has been rounded to the nearest 
£100,000.

Restatements
With effect from 1 July 2017, following the completion of the Link earn-out period, the organisation structure has 
changed to three operating segments of Commercial Medicines, Unlicensed Medicines and Clinical Trial Services. The 
reporting to the Group’s Chief Operating Decision Maker, the Executive Directors, has changed to reflect the change to 
three synergistic operations previously being organised as five business units of Specialty Pharmaceuticals, Managed 
Access, Global Access, Clinical Trial Services and Link Healthcare. The segmental reporting within these financial 
statements reflects the three segments and the comparative disclosures for 2017 have been restated to the current 
segmental basis.

Non-underlying items include amortisation on acquired intangibles and other items principally relating to acquisitions. 
Non-underlying items have been amended and now include £3.7m (2017: £4.4m) of amortisation on acquired products. 
Amortisation of software and internally developed products and licences remains in underlying results. The prior year 
has been restated to a consistent basis.

The revolving credit facility element of the Group’s borrowings has been restated to reclassify it from current to non-
current liabilities. The impact of this restatement is to decrease current liabilities and increase non-current liabilities by 
£36.9m. There is no impact on the consolidated income statement. The Group has the right to defer settlement of the 
debt up to the date of maturity of the facility which is greater than one year after the 30 June 2017 balance sheet date 
and therefore classification as non-current is considered to be the most appropriate presentation.

Going concern
The Group’s strategy and forecasts, taking account of sensitivities within the trading projections and possible changes 
in trading performance, show that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. The Group has further funds available in the undrawn proportion of the bank facility, which 
combined with the Group’s cash balance and positive cash generation from each of its operations, provides funding for 
future acquisitions in line with the Group’s acquisition-based growth strategy. The Group therefore continues to adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing its consolidated financial statements. Further information on the Group’s 
borrowing facilities is given in note 19.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201881

Changes in accounting policies
(a) New and amended standards, interpretations and amendments adopted by the Group:
On 1 July 2017 the Group adopted the following new accounting policies to comply with amendments to IFRS, none of 
which have had a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 – Amendments to IAS 12 ‘Recognition of Deferred Tax Assets for Unrealised Losses’
 – Amendments to IAS 7 ‘Disclosure Initiative’
 – Amendments to IFRS 12 ‘Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities’

The amendments to IAS 7 which requires disclosure of changes in liabilities arising from financing activities has been 
applied in these financial statements. A reconciliation of movements in net debt is presented in note 19.

There were no other new standards, interpretations or amendments to standards that are effective for the financial year 
beginning 1 July 2017 that have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

(b) New standards, interpretations and amendments not yet adopted:
The following standards and amendments have been published, endorsed by the EU, and are available for early 
adoption, but have not yet been applied by the Group in these financial statements.

 – IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’ (effective for the year beginning 1 July 2018)
 – IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ (effective for the year beginning 1 July 2018)
 – IFRS 16 ‘Leases’ (effective for the year beginning 1 July 2019)

In addition to the above, amendments to a number of existing standards have been endorsed by the EU but not yet 
adopted. These amendments are not expected to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements.

IFRS 9 ‘Financial Instruments’
IFRS 9 is applicable to financial assets and liabilities, and will introduce changes to existing accounting policies 
concerning classification and measurement, impairment (introducing an expected-loss method), hedge accounting, and 
on the treatment of gains arising from the impact of own credit risk on the measurement of liabilities held at fair value

Set out below are the key requirements of the new standard as well as the Directors’ assessment of the impact on the 
Group’s consolidated financial statements. This assessment is based on an analysis of the Group’s financial assets and 
liabilities as at 30 June 2018, and on the basis of the facts and circumstances that exist at that date.

Classification and measurement of financial assets and liabilities: All recognised financial assets within the scope of 
IFRS 9 are required to be subsequently measured at amortised cost or fair value. With regard to the measurement of 
financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL), IFRS 9 requires that the change in the fair 
value of a financial liability which is attributable to changes in the credit risk of that liability is presented in other 
comprehensive income, unless the recognition of such changes in other comprehensive income would create or enlarge 
an accounting mismatch in profit or loss. Changes in fair value attributable to a financial liability’s credit risk are not 
subsequently reclassified to profit or loss. The Directors believe that there will be no impact on the classification and 
measurement of financial assets and liabilities, and they will continue to be measured on the same bases as are currently 
adopted under IAS 39.

Impairment: In respect of the impairment of financial assets, including trade receivables, IFRS 9 requires an expected 
credit loss model, as opposed to the incurred credit loss model adopted under IAS 39. The expected credit loss model 
requires an entity to account for expected future credit losses and changes in those expected credit losses at each 
reporting date to reflect changes in credit risk since initial recognition. The Group expects to apply the simplified 
approach to recognise lifetime expected credit losses for its trade receivables as permitted by the standard. Based on 
an assessment of the average recoverability of trade receivables, the Directors believe that there will not be a significant 
impact on the amount provided for doubtful debt under the expected credit loss model.

Hedge accounting: Under IFRS 9, the general hedge accounting requirements align more closely with risk management 
practices and establish a more principle-based approach thereby allowing hedge accounting to be applied to a wider 
variety of hedging instruments and risks. The effectiveness test has been replaced with the requirement for there to be 
an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument, and there is no longer a requirement 
for the hedge to be 80-125% effective in order to be able to apply hedge accounting. Retrospective assessment of 
hedge effectiveness is also no longer required. Having assessed the Group’s current hedging relationships, the Directors 
believe that they will continue to qualify as hedge relationships upon application of IFRS 9 and there will be no 
significant impact on the Group’s hedging strategy.

Apart from the factors considered specifically above, the Directors do not anticipate that the application of IFRS 9 will 
have any other material impacts on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201882

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’
IFRS 15 establishes a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts 
with customers and will supersede the current revenue recognition guidance including IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 
Construction Contracts and the related interpretations when it becomes effective.

The standard establishes a 5 step model to account for revenue arising from contracts with customers. Under IFRS 15, 
revenue is recognised at an amount that reflects the consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange 
for transferring goods or services to a customer. The standard also specifies how to account for the incremental costs 
of obtaining a contract and the costs directly related to fulfilling a contract as well as requirements covering matters 
such as licences of intellectual property, warranties, principal versus agent assessment and options to acquire additional 
goods or services. The Group expects to apply IFRS 15 fully retrospectively, restating the prior year’s comparatives as 
necessary.

It has been determined that there will be no material impact on revenue recognition on transition to IFRS 15 as the 
timing of the transfer of risks and rewards coincides with the satisfaction of performance obligations and transfer of 
control.

IFRS 16 ‘Leases’
IFRS 16 requires all leases to be recognised on the balance sheet. Broadly the Group will recognise leases currently 
treated as operating leases, disclosed in note 24, as a lease liability and a right-to-use asset, after adjusting for extension 
periods that are reasonably certain to be taken and discounting using the rate implicit in the lease or the incremental 
cost of borrowing.

The total operating lease cost, currently expensed to the consolidated income statement as incurred will be split into a 
financing element and an operating element. The financing element will create a front loaded expense in finance costs. 
Additional disclosures will be required to support the new accounting requirements.

The Directors are currently assessing the impact of adopting this standard, and are also considering which transitional 
method will be most appropriate for the Group.

Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements present the results of the Company and its subsidiaries as if they formed a single 
entity. Subsidiaries are those entities where the Company has the ability to control the activities of and decisions made 
by that entity and to receive economic benefits that can be affected by that control.

The results of subsidiaries acquired during the year are included in the Group results from the date on which control is 
transferred to the Group. Accounting policies of subsidiaries are changed when necessary to ensure consistency with 
the accounting policies adopted by the Group.

The Group applies IFRS 11 ‘Joint Arrangements’ to all joint arrangements. Investments in joint arrangements are 
classified as either joint operations or joint ventures. The classification depends on the contractual rights and obligations 
of each investor, rather than the legal structure of the joint arrangement. Clinigen has assessed the nature of its joint 
arrangements and determined them all to be joint ventures. Joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method.

Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation.

Business combinations
The Group uses the acquisition method to account for business combinations. The consideration transferred for the 
acquisition of a subsidiary is equal to the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity 
interests issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting  
from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets 
acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their fair 
values at the acquisition date.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED83

On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either at  
fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets. The excess of the 
consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair  
value of any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net  
assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired  
in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement.

Acquisition costs and post-acquisition restructuring costs are recognised as non-underlying costs in the income 
statement as adjusting items as they do not relate to normal trading activities and to reflect their one-off nature.

Foreign currency
(a) Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the 
primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the ‘functional currency’). The consolidated financial 
statements are presented in sterling, being the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Company 
operates. This is the Group’s presentation currency.

(b) Transactions and balances
Transactions entered into by Group entities in a currency other than the currency of the primary economic environment 
in which they operate (their ‘functional currency’) are recorded at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the 
transactions or valuation where items are remeasured. Foreign currency monetary assets and liabilities are translated at 
the exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. All foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the income 
statement within administrative expenses.

(c) Group companies
The results and financial position of all the Group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation 
currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

a) Assets and liabilities for each balance sheet presented are translated at the closing exchange rate on the date of that 

balance sheet;

b) Income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates for the financial year; and
c) All resulting exchange differences are recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the foreign 

exchange reserve.

On disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative exchange differences recognised in the foreign exchange reserve 
relating to that operation up to the date of disposal would be transferred to the income statement as part of the profit 
or loss on disposal.

Segment reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group’s Chief 
Operating Decision Maker (‘CODM’). The CODM has been identified as the Executive Directors.

With effect from 1 July 2017, following the completion of the Link earn-out period, the organisation structure has 
changed to three operating segments of Commercial Medicines, Unlicensed Medicines and Clinical Trial Services.  
The reporting to the Group’s CODM has changed to reflect the change to three synergistic operations previously being 
organised as five business units of Specialty Pharmaceuticals, Managed Access, Global Access, Clinical Trial Services 
and Link Healthcare. Management reviews the performance of the Group by reference to the results of the operating 
segments against budget and the total results against budget.

Gross profit is the key profit measure that is reviewed by the CODM at the segmental reporting level.

Share-based payments
Where equity-settled share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options at the date of grant is 
charged to the income statement over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by 
adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each reporting date so that, ultimately, the cumulative 
amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. Non-vesting 
conditions and market vesting conditions are factored into the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other 
vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. 
The cumulative expense is not adjusted for failure to achieve a market vesting condition or where a non-vesting 
condition is not satisfied.

Where the terms and conditions of options are modified before they vest, the increase in the fair value of the options, 
measured immediately before and after the modification, is also charged to the income statement over the remaining 
vesting period.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201884

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Non-underlying items
Non-underlying items are material items of income or expense which the Directors consider are not related to the 
normal trading activities of the Group and are therefore separately disclosed to enable full understanding of the Group’s 
financial performance. These include one-off items relating to acquisitions e.g. acquisition costs and the costs of 
restructuring post-acquisition; amortisation of intangible assets arising on acquisition and acquired products; changes 
in contingent consideration; the unwind of discount on contingent consideration; and the release of the fair value 
adjustment made to inventory acquired through a business combination. The associated tax impact of these items is 
also reported as non-underlying.

Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of a business combination over, in the case of business combinations 
completed prior to 1 July 2010, the Group’s interest in the fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent 
liabilities acquired.

For business combinations completed after 1 July 2010, goodwill represents the excess of the cost of a business 
combination over the Group’s interest in the fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities including 
those intangible assets identified under IFRS 3 ‘Business Combinations’.

Goodwill is capitalised as an intangible asset with any impairment in carrying value being charged to the income 
statement. Where the fair value of identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities exceed the fair value of 
consideration paid, the excess is credited in full to the income statement on the acquisition date as a non-underlying 
item.

Goodwill is not amortised, but is assessed for impairment annually or more frequently if events or changes indicate a 
potential impairment. Goodwill arising on business combinations is allocated to the associated cash-generating units 
(‘CGUs’) based on the particular segment that it relates to. This is then assessed against the discounted cash flows of 
the CGUs for impairment.

Brand
The brand reflects the cash flows associated with the Idis brand acquired in April 2015; the Link, Homemed and Equity 
brands purchased in October 2015; and the Quantum brand purchased in November 2017. Each brand was recognised 
following the associated business combination and is initially recognised at the fair value of the asset at the acquisition 
date. The carrying value of the brand is calculated as cost less accumulated amortisation. Amortisation is calculated 
using the straight-line method to allocate the fair value cost of the asset over its estimated useful life. The estimated 
useful lives range between 10 and 20 years. The amortisation expense is recognised within non-underlying 
administrative expenses in the income statement.

Contracts
Contracts acquired in a business combination are recognised at fair value on the acquisition date. The contracts 
recognised as intangible assets relate to those with key suppliers which were identified as important to the trade of the 
acquired business. The supply of product on a contractual and often exclusive basis is a key value driver and was a key 
element in the decision to acquire the Idis and Link businesses.

The contracts have a finite life and are amortised over the contractual term. Amortisation is scheduled to follow the 
expected economic benefits, recognising the fair value cost of acquiring these contracts against the revenues 
generated from them. This is normally on a straight-line basis over the term of the contract, except for Managed Access 
Programs which, due to their nature, have a short period of economic benefit i.e. until the product is licensed and 
becomes commercially available. The economic benefits from Managed Access Program contracts are weighted to the 
early stages of the contract. The amortisation expense is recognised within non-underlying administrative expenses in 
the income statement on a reducing balance basis.

Customer relationships
The customer relationships within acquired operating businesses can be separately identified. The customer 
relationships have been initially recognised following a business combination at the fair value of the asset at the 
acquisition date.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED85

Amortisation is scheduled to follow the expected economic benefits of each asset over their estimated useful lives, 
as follows:

 – Link  
 – CTS  
 – Idis  
 – Quantum – 13 years (reducing balance)

– between 6 and 9 years (straight-line)
– 7 years (straight-line)
– between 7 and 14 years (straight-line)

The economic benefits from the customer relationships recognised as part of the Quantum acquisition are weighted 
towards the early years due to a number of exclusivity contracts which end in the next 3-5 years. The amortisation 
expense is recognised within non-underlying administrative expenses in the income statement.

Trademarks and licences
Separately acquired trademarks and licences are initially recognised at cost, being the fair value of the purchase price 
of the asset and any directly attributable cost of preparing the asset for its intended use.

Expenditure on development activities is capitalised if the product or process is technically and commercially feasible 
and the Group intends, has the technical ability and has sufficient resources to complete development, future economic 
benefits are probable and if the Group can measure reliably the expenditure attributable to the intangible asset during 
its development. Development activities involve a plan or design for the production of new or substantially improved 
products or processes. The expenditure capitalised includes the cost of materials, direct labour and an appropriate 
proportion of overheads and capitalised borrowing costs. Other development expenditure is recognised in the 
consolidated income statement as an expense as incurred. Internally developed trademarks and licences are held as 
assets under construction during development and amortisation commences when the development is complete and 
the asset is available for use.

The carrying value of trademarks and licences is calculated as cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment 
losses. Amortisation is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate the cost of the trademarks and licences  
over their estimated useful lives of between 5 and 15 years. The amortisation expense is recognised within underlying 
administrative expenses in the income statement, apart from where the trademarks or licences are acquired as part  
of a business combination or product acquisition which is recognised within non-underlying administrative expenses.

Computer software
Computer software is capitalised and recognised at cost, being the purchase price of the asset and any directly 
attributable costs of developing the asset for its intended use including internal staff costs for time spent specifically  
on development activities. The carrying value of computer software is calculated as cost less accumulated amortisation 
and impairment losses. Amortisation begins when the computer software comes into use and is calculated using the 
straight-line method to allocate the cost over its estimated useful life of 3 to 5 years. The amortisation expense is 
recognised within underlying administrative expenses in the income statement.

Impairment reviews
Impairment reviews are undertaken annually at the end of the financial year or more frequently if events or changes  
in circumstances indicate a potential impairment. The carrying value of individual intangible and tangible assets are 
compared to the recoverable amount, which is the higher of value-in-use and the fair value less costs to sell. An 
impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its recoverable amount.

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the impairment test is carried out  
on the smallest group of assets to which it belongs for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (the CGUs). 
Goodwill is allocated on initial recognition to each of the Group’s CGUs that are expected to benefit from the synergies 
of the combination giving rise to the goodwill.

Non-financial assets, other than goodwill, that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the 
impairment at each reporting date.

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and any recognised 
impairment loss. Cost comprises the purchase price and directly attributable amounts to bring the asset into operation.

Depreciation is provided on all items of property, plant and equipment at rates calculated to write off the cost of each 
asset on a straight-line basis over its expected useful economic life, as follows:

 – Land and buildings 
 – Leasehold improvements 
 – Plant and machinery 
 – Fixtures, fittings and equipment – 20% to 33% straight-line

– 25 years
– remaining term of lease to which the improvements relate
– 20%

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201886

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are recorded at historical cost, less any provision for impairment.

Investments in joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method, the 
investment is initially recorded at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognise the investor’s 
share of the profit or loss of the investee after the date of acquisition.

Inventories
Inventories are initially recognised at cost and subsequently stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. 
Individual units of drugs cannot be interchanged as they are determined by the customer’s requirements for product 
name, dosage strength, pack size, batch number and expiry date. In accordance with IAS 2 ‘Inventories’, items are 
recorded at their individual actual cost. To minimise obsolescence, cost is selected using first expiry, first out method. 
Cost comprises all costs of purchase, costs of conversion and other costs incurred in bringing the inventories to their 
present location and condition. In the case of manufactured inventories and work in progress, cost includes an 
appropriate share of overheads based on normal operating capacity. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price 
less applicable variable selling expenses. Provisions are made for slow moving and damaged inventories. Inventories 
which have expired are fully provided for until they are destroyed, when they are written off.

A number of arrangements exist where the Group holds inventories on consignment. Under these arrangements such 
Inventories are only recognised in the statement of financial position when the risks and rewards of ownership are 
transferred to the Group.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Group uses derivative financial instruments to mitigate its exposure to foreign currency exchange risk on cash flow 
transactions. Derivative financial instruments are recognised initially at their fair value and remeasured at fair value at 
each period end. Where appropriate the Group designates hedge relationships for hedge accounting under IAS 39 
‘Financial Instruments’.

Where hedge accounting has been applied, changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as 
cash flow hedges are recognised in other comprehensive income to the extent that the hedge is effective. To the extent 
that the hedge is ineffective, changes in fair value are recognised immediately in the income statement. If the hedging 
instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires or is sold, terminated or exercised, then hedge 
accounting is discontinued prospectively. The cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in other comprehensive 
income remains there until the forecast transaction occurs. When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount 
recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred to the carrying amount of the asset when it is recognised. In 
other cases, the amount recognised in other comprehensive income is transferred to the income statement in the same 
period that the hedged item affects profit or loss. The designation is re-evaluated at each reporting date.

The gain or loss on remeasurement to fair value of derivatives that have not been designated for hedge accounting is 
recognised immediately in the income statement. Foreign forward exchange derivative gains and losses are recognised 
net.

Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables arise principally through the provision of goods and services to customers in the ordinary course of 
the business. They are recognised initially at the original invoice value and subsequently original invoice value less 
provision for impairment.

Impairment provisions are recognised when there is objective evidence (such as significant financial difficulties on the 
part of the counterparty or default or significant delay in payment) that the Group will be unable to collect all of the 
amounts due under the terms receivable, the amount of such a provision being the difference between the net carrying 
amount and the present value of the future expected cash flows associated with the impaired receivable. For trade 
receivables, which are reported net, such provisions are recorded in a separate allowance account with the movement 
in the provision being recognised within administrative expenses in the income statement. On confirmation that the 
trade receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying value of the asset is written off against the associated 
provision.

Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and other highly-liquid cash 
investments.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED87

Borrowings
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value net of transaction costs, including facility fees incurred. Such interest-
bearing liabilities are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method, which ensures 
that any interest expense over the period to repayment is at a constant rate on the balance of the liability carried in the 
consolidated statement of financial position. Facility fees paid on the establishment of facilities and for the maintenance 
of the facility are capitalised against the loans and borrowings balance. These are amortised as the loan is repaid with 
the associated amortisation expense recognised in finance costs.

Trade and other payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods and services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business 
from suppliers. They are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year or less. If not, they are 
presented as non-current liabilities. Trade payables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently carried at 
amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Deferred and contingent consideration
Deferred consideration payable in cash in respect of the acquisition of intangible assets is recognised initially at its fair 
value at the date of acquisition. There is no other form of deferred consideration payable. The difference between the 
fair value of the deferred consideration and the amounts payable in the future is recognised as a finance cost over the 
deferment period.

Contingent consideration on business combinations is initially measured at fair value and is payable in cash. The fair 
value of the contingent liability is remeasured at each period end and the change in fair value is recognised in the 
income statement as a non-underlying item.

The contingent consideration liability is classified as a current liability if payment is due within one year or less. If not, 
it is presented as a non-current liability.

Retirement benefits: defined contribution schemes
Contributions to defined contribution pension schemes are charged to the income statement in the year to which they 
relate. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid.

Provisions
A provision is recognised in the balance sheet when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result 
of a past event, it is more likely than not that an outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation 
and the obligation can be estimated reliably. Provisions are discounted if the impact on the provision is deemed to be 
material.

Leased assets
Rentals under operating leases are charged on a straight-line basis over the lease term, even if the payments are not 
made on such a basis. Benefits received and receivable as an incentive to sign an operating lease are similarly spread 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Dividends
Dividends are recognised when they become legally payable. In the case of interim dividends to equity shareholders, 
this is when paid. In the case of final dividends, this is when approved by the shareholders.

Current and deferred tax
The tax expense for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to 
the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the tax is 
also recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.

The current tax charge, including UK corporation tax and foreign tax, is calculated on the basis of the laws that have 
been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Provisions are established, where appropriate, on 
the basis of amounts expected to be paid.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised where the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the consolidated 
statement of financial position differs from its tax base, except for differences arising on:

 – the initial recognition of goodwill;
 – the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction which is not a business combination and at the time of the 

transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit; and

 – investments in subsidiaries and jointly-controlled entities where the Group is able to control the timing of the reversal 

of the difference and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201888

1. ACCOUNTING POLICIES CONTINUED
Deferred income tax assets are recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be 
available against which the differences can be utilised.

The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities or assets are settled or recovered, 
respectively.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when the Group has a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets 
and liabilities and the deferred tax assets and liabilities relate to taxes levied by the same tax authority on either:

 – the same taxable Group company; or
 – different company entities which intend either to settle current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis, or to realise 

the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously, in each future period in which significant amounts of deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are expected to be settled or recovered.

Share capital
Financial instruments issued by the Group are treated as equity only to the extent that they do not meet the definition 
of a financial liability. The Group’s ordinary shares are classified as equity instruments.

Revenue
Revenue represents amounts receivable for goods and services provided in the normal course of business, net of trade 
discounts, VAT and other sales-related taxes.

Supply of products
Revenue from the supply of products is recognised when the Group has transferred the significant risks and rewards 
of ownership to the buyer and it is probable that the Group will receive the previously agreed upon payment. These 
criteria are considered to be met when the goods are delivered to the buyer, or on fulfilment of a prescription. Revenue 
is recognised at the fair value of consideration received or receivable.

Service fees
All services provided in relation to Managed Access Programs and product development contracts are contractually 
agreed with the product originator. Revenue for these services is recognised in the period when the outcome of the 
services set out in the contract can be estimated reliably and the stage of completion can be measured reliably.

Contracted program setup fees can be either for the whole project or triggered by milestones being achieved which are 
laid out in the contract. Revenue is recognised in relation to these fees when the contracted milestones are achieved.

Monthly management fees are recognised as revenue in the month to which they relate and once contractual services 
have been provided.

Revenue in respect of program management fees is recognised when goods, provided under the program, have been 
dispatched to the customer for whom the management fee relates. Revenue is recognised at the fair value of 
consideration received or receivable.

Royalties
Royalty income is earned on product distribution agreements based upon a percentage of sales, the income is 
recognised on an accrual basis.

Revenue in all years principally arises from the 3 income streams discussed above. Further information is available in 
note 4.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED89

2. CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGEMENTS
The Group makes certain estimates and assumptions regarding the future. Estimates and judgements are continually 
evaluated based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed  
to be reasonable under the circumstances. In the future, actual experience may differ from these estimates and 
assumptions. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the 
carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

(a) Business combinations
In accounting for business combinations, the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired have to 
be measured at their fair values. In particular, some judgement is required in estimating the fair value of inventory 
with reference to current selling prices and an assessment of obsolescence and demand for inventory; the fair value 
of trade debtors with reference to the ageing and recoverability of these and judgements in estimating the valuation 
of intangible assets with reference to forecast future sales under the pre-existing contracts and relationships where 
legal contracts are not in place. Details concerning acquisitions and business combinations are outlined in note 28.

(b) Impairment of goodwill
The Group tests annually whether goodwill has suffered any impairment, in accordance with the accounting policy 
stated in note 1. The recoverable amount is determined based on value-in-use calculations. The use of this method 
requires the estimation of future cash flows and the choice of a discount rate in order to calculate the present value  
of the cash flows. Actual outcomes may vary. More information including carrying values is included in note 12.

(c) Carrying value of intangible assets excluding goodwill
The carrying value of intangible assets is at cost less amortisation and any impairment. Annual impairment trigger 
reviews are undertaken at the end of the financial year, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances 
indicate a potential impairment. Trademarks and licences are not traded in an active market hence the fair value of  
the asset is determined using discounted cash flows which involves the Group using judgement and assumptions.

(d) Inventory provisioning
The Company’s principal activities during the year related to the management, sale and distribution of pharmaceutical 
products which have associated expiry dates. As a result it is necessary to consider the recoverability of the cost of the 
inventory and the associated provisioning required. Management consider the nature and condition of inventory, the 
remaining expiry period, as well as apply assumptions around expected future demand for the inventory, when 
calculating the level of inventory provisioning. See note 15 for the net carrying value of inventory and associated 
provision.

(e) Impairment of trade receivables
The Company makes an estimate of the recoverable value of trade and other debtors. When assessing impairment of 
trade and other receivables, management considers factors including the credit rating and age profile of the receivable 
and historic experience. See note 16 for the net carrying amount of the receivables and the associated impairment 
provision.

(f) Deferred taxation
Recognition of deferred tax assets is restricted to those instances where it is probable that taxable profit will be 
available against which the difference can be utilised. The future taxable profits are based on forecasts and thus actual 
may vary.

The amount of the asset or liability is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the deferred tax liabilities or assets are settled or recovered. 
A change in rate would change these calculations.

The deferred tax asset recognised on share options, not yet exercised, is calculated based on the market price of the 
shares at the end of the reporting period. The market price at the exercise date would be expected to be different, 
hence the actual asset recognisable at exercise is likely to differ to the one recognised at the reporting date.

(g) Contingent consideration
Contingent consideration is initially measured at the net present value of the expected future cash flows, discounted 
using an appropriate discount rate, to be paid pursuant to the relevant agreements. The fair value of the contingent 
liability is remeasured at each period end utilising the latest financial forecasts. The change in fair value is recognised 
in the income statement as a non-underlying item.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201890

3. ALTERNATIVE PERFORMANCE MEASURES
The Group’s performance is assessed using a number of financial measures which are not defined under IFRS. These 
measures are therefore considered alternative performance measures.

Management uses the adjusted or alternative measures as part of their internal financial performance monitoring and 
when assessing the future impact on operating decisions.

The measures allow more effective year-on-year comparison and identification of core business trends by removing the 
impact of items occurring either outside the normal course of operations or as a result of intermittent activities such as 
business combinations and restructuring. The principles to identify adjusting items have been applied to the current and 
prior year comparative numbers on a consistent basis.

The measures used in the Annual Report are defined in the table below and reconciliations to the IFRS measure are 
included in note 4.

Alternative 
performance 
measure

Adjusted 
gross profit

Related IFRS 
measure

Gross profit

EBITDA

Adjusted 
EBITDA

Profit from 
operations

Profit from 
operations

Adjusted 
profit before 
tax

Profit before 
tax

Adjusted 
profit after 
tax

Profit after 
tax

Adjusted 
EPS

Basic EPS

Definition

Use/relevance

Gross profit excluding the adjustment for 
the fair value of acquired inventory sold 
in the year

Allows management to assess the 
performance of the business after removing 
the distortion of large/unusual items or 
transactions that are not reflective of the 
routine business operations

A reconciliation to the related IFRS measure 
is set out in note 4

Consolidated earnings before interest, 
tax, depreciation and amortisation

Provides management with an approximation 
of cash generation from operational activities

Consolidated earnings before interest, 
tax, depreciation, amortisation and 
adjusting items:
 – Adjustment for fair value of acquired 

inventory sold in the year
 – Acquisition costs and related 

restructuring costs

 – Acquisition related income from 

settlement of contingent legal claim 
outstanding at acquisition

 – Including share of joint venture EBITDA

Profit before tax excluding adjusting 
items:
 – As detailed above for adjusted EBITDA
 – Amortisation of acquisition related 

intangible assets

 – Changes in contingent consideration 
including related unwind of discount

 – Joint venture tax charge

Profit after tax excluding adjusting items:
 – As detailed above for profit before tax 
but including joint venture tax charge

 – Related tax on the adjusting items
 – Adjustments to tax charges relating to 

pre-acquisition periods

Adjusted profit after tax as defined 
above divided by the weighted average 
number of shares in issue during the year, 
consistent with the number of shares 
used in the calculation of basic EPS

Provides management with an approximation 
of cash generation from operational activities 
after removing he distortion of large/unusual 
items or transactions that are not reflective of 
the routine business operations

It is used in the covenant calculations for the 
revolving credit facility

A reconciliation to profit from operations is 
included in note 4

Allows management to assess the 
performance of the business after removing 
the distortion of large/unusual items or 
transactions that are not reflective of the 
routine business operations

A reconciliation to the related IFRS measure 
is set out in note 4

The growth versus previous periods 
allows management to assess the post-tax 
underlying performance of the business 
in combination with the impact of capital 
structuring actions on the share base. The 
components used in the calculation of 
adjusted EPS are detailed in note 10

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED91

Alternative 
performance 
measure

Net debt

Constant 
exchange 
rate (‘CER’)

Free cash 
flow

Related IFRS 
measure

Definition

Use/relevance

Net debt comprises the carrying value of 
all bank loans and drawn revolving credit 
facilities net of unamortised loan issue 
costs and cash and cash equivalents

Provides management with the level of 
leverage in the business and is used in the 
covenant calculations for the revolving credit 
facility

All amounts are closing balances as at the 
relevant balance sheet date

CER is achieved by applying the prior 
year’s average actual exchange rates to 
the current year’s results

Cash 
flow from 
operating 
activities

Free cash flow is the cash generated from 
operating activities excluding the cash 
impact of adjusting items:
 – Acquisition costs and related 

restructuring costs

 – Acquisition related income from 

settlement of contingent legal claims 
outstanding at acquisition

Allows management to identify the relative 
year-on-year performance of the business by 
removing the impact of currency movements 
which are outside of management’s control

Provides management with an indication of 
the amount of cash available for discretionary 
investing or financing after removing the 
distortion of large/unusual expenditures that 
are not reflective of the routine business 
operations

A reconciliation to adjusted EBITDA is 
included on page 41

4. SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Group’s reportable segments are strategic operating business units that provide different products and service 
offerings into different market environments. They are managed separately because each operational business requires 
different expertise to deliver the different product or service offering they provide.

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Chief Operating 
Decision Maker (CODM) during the reporting year. The CODM has been identified as the Executive Directors. The 
organisation structure of the business has changed to the three reported businesses of Commercial Medicines, 
Unlicensed Medicines and Clinical Trial Services, and with effect from 1 July 2017 the internal reporting to the CODM 
was changed to this basis.

Operating segment results
The Group evaluates performance of the operational segments on the basis of gross profit from operations.

(In £m)

Commercial Medicines

Unlicensed Medicines

Clinical Trial Services

Segmental result

Adjustment for fair value of acquired inventory sold in the year

Reported results

2018

2017

Revenue Gross profit

Revenue Gross profit

87.9

215.6

77.7

64.0

62.1

14.0

381.2

140.1

66.3

126.1

109.9

302.3

47.3

52.2

23.3

122.8

–

(1.4)

–

(0.1)

381.2

138.7

302.3

122.7

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201892

4. SEGMENT INFORMATION CONTINUED

(In £m)

Underlying

2018

Non-
underlying
(note 7)

2017

Non-
underlying
(note 7)
restated

Total

Total

Underlying
restated

Reconciliation to reported profit

Segmental gross profit 

Administrative expenses excluding amortisation and 
depreciation

EBITDA

Analysed as:

Adjusted EBITDA including joint venture result

Joint venture EBITDA

EBITDA excluding joint venture result

Amortisation

Depreciation

Profit from operations

Net finance costs

Share of profit of joint venture

Profit before income tax

Analysed as:

Adjusted profit before tax excluding share of joint 
venture tax

Joint venture tax

Profit before tax including share of joint venture tax

140.1

(1.4)

138.7

122.8

(0.1)

122.7

(73.4)

(58.7)

–

(58.7)

65.3

64.1

(0.1)

64.0

(65.2)

74.9

76.0

(1.1)

74.9

(0.5)

(1.2)

73.2

(5.3)

0.8

68.7

69.0

(0.3)

68.7

(8.2)

(9.6)

(9.6)

–

(9.6)

66.4

(1.1)

65.3

(22.1)

(22.6)

–

(31.7)

(1.1)

–

(32.8)

(1.2)

41.5

(6.4)

0.8

35.9

(33.1)

35.9

0.3

(32.8)

–

35.9

(8.5)

27.4

65.1

(1.0)

64.1

(0.8)

(0.6)

62.7

(2.4)

0.8

61.1

61.3

(0.2)

61.1

(0.1)

–

(0.1)

65.0

(1.0)

64.0

(17.8)

(18.6)

–

(17.9)

(29.1)

–

(47.0)

(0.6)

44.8

(31.5)

0.8

14.1

(47.2)

14.1

0.2

–

(47.0)

14.1

(13.6)

3.3

(10.3)

47.5

(43.7)

3.8

Income tax

Profit after income tax

(14.2)

5.7

54.5

(27.1)

Underlying profit after tax has been restated to exclude amortisation on acquired products of £3.7m (2017: £4.4m) and 
the associated tax credit of £0.7m (2017: £0.8m), but includes software and development amortisation of £0.5m (2017: 
£0.8m) and the associated tax credit of £0.1m (2017: £0.2m).

(In £m)

Breakdown of revenues by products and services:

Products

Services 

Royalties

2018

2017

339.0

259.8

33.3

8.9

35.8

6.7

381.2

302.3

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUEDGeographical analysis

(In £m)

Revenue arises from the following locations:

UK

Europe

USA

South Africa

Australia

Rest of World

Gross profit arises from the following locations:

UK

Europe

USA

South Africa

Australia

Rest of World

93

2018

2017

97.0

87.9

83.5

24.9

19.9

68.0

72.2

101.0

56.5

22.3

21.2

29.1

381.2

302.3

38.2

31.1

36.7

11.6

7.4

15.1

140.1

23.5

42.0

29.8

9.9

7.3

10.3

122.8

Assets and liabilities are reported to the Executive Directors at a Group level and are not reported on a segmental basis.

5. EXPENSES
5.1 Expenses
Profit from operations is stated after charging/(crediting):

(In £m)

Cost of inventories recognised as an expense in cost of sales

Employee benefit expense (net of capitalised costs of £0.6 m (2017: £0.2m))

Amortisation and depreciation (notes 12 and 13)

Loss on disposal of non-current assets

Operating lease charges

Foreign exchange gains

2018

2017

220.8

39.8

23.8

–

2.0

–

167.2

37.0

19.2

0.2

2.2

(0.4)

5.2 Auditors’ remuneration
During the year, the Group (including its overseas subsidiaries) obtained the following services from the Company’s 
auditors and its associates:

(In £m)

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Parent Company and consolidated 
financial statements

Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for other services:

– The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries

– Audit related assurance services

– Other advisory services

– Tax advisory services

2018

2017

0.5

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.3

0.3

0.1

0.1

0.1

0.3

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201894

6. EMPLOYEES
6.1 Employee benefit expense

(In £m)

Wages and salaries

Share-based payments

Social security costs

Other pension costs

Gross expense

Capitalised labour

Net expense

2018

34.0

2.1

3.2

1.1

40.4

(0.6)

39.8

2017
restated 

30.6

2.0

3.4

1.2

37.2

(0.2)

37.0

6.2 Average number of people employed
The average monthly number of people employed by the Group (on an FTE basis) during the financial year amounted 
to:

Number

Directors

Staff

2018

2

725

727

2017

2

496

498

6.3 Directors’ emoluments
Details of the remuneration, shareholdings, share options and pension contributions of the Directors are included in the 
Remuneration Report on pages 58 to 67.

6.4 Key management personnel compensation
Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the Group. This is considered to be the Board of Directors.

(In £m)

Directors’ remuneration included in staff costs:

Wages and salaries

Share-based payment expense

2018

2017

1.7

0.9

2.6

2.0

0.6

2.6

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED95

7. NON-UNDERLYING ITEMS
Non-underlying items have been reported separately in order to provide the reader of the financial statements with a 
better understanding of the operating performance of the Group. These items include amortisation of intangible assets 
arising on acquisition and acquired products, one-off costs including business acquisition costs, restructuring costs, 
changes in contingent consideration, and unwind of discount on contingent consideration. The associated tax impact is 
also reported as non-underlying.

(In £m)

Cost of sales

a) Adjustment for fair value of acquired inventory sold in the year

Administrative expenses

b) Acquisition costs

c) Settlement of Quantum’s legal claim

c) Restructuring costs 

d)  Amortisation of intangible fixed assets acquired through business combinations and acquired 

products

Finance costs

e) Increase in Link contingent consideration 

f) Unwind of discount on Link contingent consideration

Taxation

g) Credit in respect of tax on non-underlying costs

h) Credit in respect of rate differences on deferred tax 

i) Corporation tax adjustments in respect of prior year

Total non-underlying items

2018

2017
restated

1.4

0.1

3.9

(1.0)

5.3

22.1

30.3

–

1.1

1.1

(5.7)

–

–

(5.7)

27.1

–

–

–

17.8

17.8

27.0

2.1

29.1

(3.7)

(0.5)

0.9

(3.3)

43.7

a) Under IFRS 3, inventory acquired in a business combination is valued at fair value on acquisition, which includes the 
profit margin in the inventory’s carrying value. The £1.4m (2017: £0.1m Link business) above represents the profit 
margin on the inventory sold in the year which was acquired with the Quantum business.

b) The acquisition costs relate to Quantum and IMMC comprising legal, corporate finance and due diligence advice.
c) Following the acquisition of Quantum, a settlement has been agreed in Quantum’s favour in relation to a legal claim 
with the vendors of a business acquired by Quantum in a prior year which has now subsequently been closed. The 
likelihood and amount of any settlement of the claim was highly uncertain at the time the Group acquired Quantum 
and therefore a contingent asset was not recognised in the acquisition balance sheet.

d) Restructuring costs have been incurred during the year in respect of the integration of acquired businesses primarily 

relating to redundancy costs.

e) The amortisation of intangible assets acquired as part of the business combination with Idis, Link, IMMC and 

Quantum (namely brand, trademarks and licences, customer relationships, and contracts) and acquired products, is 
included in non-underlying due to its significance and to provide the reader with a consistent view of the underlying 
costs of the operating Group.

f)  The change in the estimate of the contingent consideration payable in relation to Link in the prior year was based on 
the earnings of the Link group for the year ended 30 June 2017. This was classified as a finance cost as the primary 
reason for the increase was the depreciation of sterling against the local functional currencies since October 2015, 
when the contingent consideration was originally calculated.

g) The non-cash unwind of the discount applied to the contingent consideration on Link.
h) The tax credit in respect of non-underlying items reflects the tax benefit on the costs incurred during the year.
i)  In the prior year, the reduction in corporation tax rate from 18% to 17% from 1 April 2020, reduced the deferred tax 
balances expected to unwind in the future creating a credit to the income statement of £0.5m. The credit was 
recognised in non-underlying items as the associated deferred tax balances related to the fair value of acquired 
intangible assets.

j)  In the prior year, tax computations of acquired entities for periods prior to acquisition identified tax charges/credits 

which were subsequently recognised during the year.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201896

8. FINANCE INCOME AND EXPENSE

(In £m)

Bank interest expense

Borrowing costs 

Amortisation of facility issue costs

Unwind of discount on Foscavir and Totect deferred consideration 

Underlying finance cost

Increase in Link contingent consideration

Unwind of discount on Link contingent consideration

Total finance cost

Bank interest income

Net finance expense

9. INCOME TAX

(In £m)

Current tax expense

Current tax on profit for the year

Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total current tax expense

Deferred tax expense

Decrease in deferred tax assets (note 21)

Decrease in deferred tax liabilities (note 21)

Total deferred tax benefit

Income tax expense

2018

4.5

0.3

0.6

0.2

5.6

–

1.1

6.7

(0.3)

6.4

2017

1.6

0.3

0.3

0.4

2.6

27.0

2.1

31.7

(0.2)

31.5

2018

2017

12.0

(0.4)

11.6

0.9

(4.0)

(3.1)

8.5

13.2

0.4

13.6

0.1

(3.4)

(3.3)

10.3

The tax on the Group’s profit before income tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using the standard 
rate of corporation tax in the UK applied to profit for the year as follows:

(In £m)

Profit before income tax

Expected tax charge based on corporation tax rate of 19.0% (2017: 19.75%)

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes other than goodwill amortisation and impairment

Adjustments to tax charge in respect of prior years

Higher rates of taxes on overseas earnings

Loss arising in year for which no deferred income tax is recognised

Remeasurement of deferred tax–change in the UK tax rate

Total income tax expense

Amounts recognised directly in equity:
The income tax credited directly to equity during the year is as follows:

(In £m)

Deferred tax: unexercised share options and losses recognised directly in equity

2018

35.9

6.8

0.9

(0.5)

1.3

–

–

8.5

2017

14.1

2.8

6.2

0.4

1.0

0.4

(0.5)

10.3

2018

0.1

2017

0.8

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUEDTax losses:

(In £m)

Unused tax losses for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised

Potential tax benefit at 25% (2017: 38%)

97

2018

2.3

0.6

2017

2.9

1.1

The unused tax losses have been incurred in the US subsidiary, Clinigen Inc. and it is currently uncertain whether these 
tax losses can be utilised in the future.

Following announcements in the Budget 2017, the UK corporation tax rate will reduce to 17% from 1 April 2020, and so 
closing deferred tax assets and liabilities have been calculated at this rate.

10. EARNINGS PER SHARE

(In £m)

Profit used in calculating reported EPS

Underlying profit used in calculating adjusted EPS

Number of shares (million)

Weighted average number of shares

Dilution effect of share options

Weighted average number of shares used for diluted EPS

Reported EPS (pence)

Basic

Diluted

Adjusted EPS (pence)

Basic

Diluted

2018

27.4

54.5

2017
restated

3.8

47.5

119.9

115.0

1.9

1.8

121.8

116.8

22.9p

22.5p

3.3p

3.2p

45.4p

44.7p

41.3p

40.7p

EPS is calculated based on the share capital of the Parent Company and the earnings of the combined Group.

Diluted EPS takes account of the weighted average number of outstanding share options being 1,939,501 (2017: 1,738,806).

Underlying profit after tax has been restated to exclude amortisation on acquired products of £3.7m (2017: £4.4m) and 
the associated tax credit of £0.7m (2017: £0.8m), but includes software amortisation of £0.5m (2017: £0.8m) and the 
associated tax credit of £0.1m (2017: £0.2m).

11. DIVIDENDS

(In £m)

Final dividend in respect of the year ended 30 June 2017 of 3.4p (2017: 2.7p) per ordinary share 

Interim dividend of 1.76p (2017: 1.6p) per ordinary share paid during the year 

2018

4.2

2.1

6.3

2017

3.1

1.8

4.9

The Board proposes to pay a final dividend of 3.84p per ordinary share on 30 November 2018, subject to approval at 
the AGM on 8 November.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 201898

12. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

(In £m)

Cost

At 1 July 2016

Additions

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 30 June 2017

Acquisition of subsidiaries  
(note 28)

Additions

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 30 June 2018

Accumulated amortisation

At 1 July 2016

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 30 June 2017

Charge for the year

Disposals

Exchange differences

At 30 June 2018

Net book value

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017

At 1 July 2016

Acquired intangibles

Brand 

Contracts

Customer 
relationships 

Acquired 
trademarks 
and licences 

Developed 
trademarks 
and licences

Computer 
software 

Goodwill 

Total 

54.1

27.0

45.2

66.8

–

–

1.3

55.4

9.3

–

–

–

–

2.5

29.5

–

–

–

(0.3)

64.4

(0.6)

28.9

3.1

2.7

–

–

5.8

3.4

–

–

9.2

55.2

49.6

51.0

8.9

6.0

–

0.1

15.0

3.7

–

(0.1)

18.6

10.3

14.5

18.1

–

–

0.5

45.7

33.7

–

–

–

1.3

–

0.2

68.3

38.0

2.2

(3.4)

(0.1)

0.4

0.2

–

–

0.6

–

2.9

–

–

2.8

4.9

(0.3)

–

7.4

0.4

6.0

–

176.0

372.3

–

–

6.2

6.4

(0.3)

10.7

182.2

389.1

97.9

179.3

–

–

11.1

(3.4)

(2.8)

(0.2)

(1.6)

79.4

105.0

3.5

13.6

278.5

573.3

5.1

4.5

–

–

9.6

9.8

–

–

19.6

4.6

–

–

24.2

5.2

(3.4)

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

–

–

1.5

0.8

(0.3)

–

2.0

0.4

–

–

19.4

26.0

0.1

2.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

38.2

18.6

(0.3)

0.1

56.6

22.6

(3.4)

(0.1)

75.7

60.0

36.1

40.1

79.0

44.1

47.2

3.4

0.6

0.4

11.2

5.4

1.3

278.5

182.2

176.0

497.6

332.5

334.1

Brand
The brands represent the Idis, Link, Equity, Homemed and Quantum brands acquired as part of business combinations. 
Each brand has been fair valued at the acquisition date by reference to the operating businesses acquired which utilise 
each brand. The fair value is based on a Relief-from-Royalty-Method which calculates the value of the brand as 
equivalent to the royalty savings accrued over time, as the brand is owned and royalties are not required to be paid to a 
third party for the branding of products. The remaining amortisation periods are:

– 16 years 10 months
Idis  
– 17 years 4 months
Link  
Equity  
– 12 years 4 months
Homemed – 7 years 4 months
Quantum  – 9 years 4 months

Contracts
Contracts acquired with the Idis business combination related to client contracts within the Idis Managed Access 
business fair valued at the acquisition date based on the discounted value of future cash flows. These contracts enable 
the Group to manage the access programs on behalf of large pharma businesses. The remaining amortisation period is 
1 year 10 months.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED99

The acquired Link business has a number of supplier contracts which provide for the availability of product to Link on a 
contractual, exclusive supply basis. This accessibility to product is a key driver in growing the business. These exclusive 
supply contracts have been fair valued at the acquisition date based on the discounted value of future cash flows. The 
remaining amortisation period is between 4 and 7 years.

Customer relationships
The nature of the acquired businesses is that there are no contracts with customers, however there are long standing 
relationships with significant repeat business. These relationships have been fair valued at the acquisition date using a 
discounted valuation of future cash flows. The customer relationships for each area of the business are being amortised 
over different useful economic lives (see note 1). The remaining amortisation period is between 4 and 12 years.

Trademarks and licences
A total of 476 (2017: 331) trademarks and licences are held. £3.1m (2017: £0.4m) of internally developed trademarks and 
licences are assets in the course of development at the year end.

Computer software
The Group is undertaking the development and implementation of a new Oracle ERP system, the costs for which are 
being recognised as incurred. Amortisation will begin when the first major phase of the new system becomes ready 
for use.

Goodwill
The goodwill is deemed to have an indefinite useful life. It is carried at cost and is reviewed annually for impairment. 
Where the recoverable amount is less than the carrying value, an impairment results. During the year, goodwill was 
tested for impairment, with no impairment charge arising. The additions during the year related to the acquisition of 
Quantum and IMMC.

The Group allocates goodwill to cash generating units (‘CGU’s) which are based on the reportable segments as defined 
by IFRS 8 (see note 4). With effect from 1 July 2017, the organisation structure of the business has changed to the three 
reported businesses of Commercial Medicines, Unlicensed Medicines and Clinical Trial Services, and these divisions are 
deemed to be the lowest level at which independent cash flows can be generated. Goodwill has been allocated as laid 
out in the table below.

(In £m)

Commercial Medicines

Unlicensed Medicines

Clinical Trial Services

2018

96.4

148.5

33.6

278.5

2017 

15.6

133.0

33.6

182.2

The recoverable amount of all CGUs has been determined based on value-in-use calculations. These calculations use 
pre-tax cash flow projections and a pre-tax discount rate of 13.0% (2017: 12.2%), equivalent to the Group’s weighted 
average cost of capital.

For each CGU, a terminal growth rate of 2.5% (2017: 1.8%) has been used. Assumptions on sales growth have been 
based on approved budgets for the upcoming year and strategic projections representing the best estimate of future 
performance. Assumptions on profit margins are based on past experience and cost estimates. The assumptions used 
in each CGU are laid out in the table below.

Commercial Medicines

Unlicensed Medicines

Clinical Trial Services

2018

2017

Sales 
growth

Profit 
margins

Sales 
growth

Profit 
margins

9%

4%

8%

75%

27%

15%

10%

13%

10%

67%

43%

17%

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018100

12. INTANGIBLE ASSETS CONTINUED
The Group has applied sensitivities to assess whether any reasonably possible changes in assumptions rate could cause 
an impairment that would be material to these financial statements. Management does not consider any of the 
downside sensitivities required for an impairment to result, as detailed below, to be probable.

Commercial Medicines

Unlicensed Medicines

Clinical Trial Services

13. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

(In £m)

Cost

At 1 July 2016

Additions

Disposals

At 30 June 2017

Acquisition of subsidiaries (note 28)

Additions

Exchange differences

At 30 June 2018

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 July 2016

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 June 2017

Charge for the year

At 30 June 2018

Net book value

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017

At 1 July 2016

14. INVESTMENTS IN JOINT VENTURES

(In £m)

At 1 July

Share of profit

Dividends received

Exchange adjustments

At 30 June

2018

2017

Discount 
rate

Terminal 
growth rate

Discount 
rate

Terminal 
growth rate

28.0%

(86.6%)

17.8%

34.2%

(7.4%)

n/a

63.7%

26.5%

n/a

(12.5%)

46.6%

(417.8%)

Land and
buildings

Leasehold 
improvements

Plant and 
machinery

–

–

–

–

2.0

0.1

–

2.1

–

–

–

–

0.1

0.1

2.0

–

–

1.9

0.7

(0.2)

2.4

–

0.2

–

2.6

0.3

0.2

(0.1)

0.4

0.3

0.7

1.9

2.0

1.6

0.2

–

–

0.2

0.8

0.2

–

1.2

–

–

–

–

0.2

0.2

1.0

0.2

0.2

Fixtures, 
fittings and 
equipment

2.1

0.7

Total 

4.2

1.4

(0.3)

(0.5)

2.5

0.8

0.7

(0.1)

3.9

1.2

0.4

(0.2)

1.4

0.6

2.0

1.9

1.1

0.9

2018

8.7

0.8

(2.9)

–

6.6

5.1

3.6

1.2

(0.1)

9.8

1.5

0.6

(0.3)

1.8

1.2

3.0

6.8

3.3

2.7

2017

7.4

0.8

–

0.5

8.7

On 3 July 2017, the Group sold its investment in Medical Stockings Pty Limited for a nominal amount.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED101

The joint venture listed below has share capital consisting solely of ordinary shares, 50% of which are held directly by 
the Group. The registered office is also the principal place of business.

Name

Year end

Country of incorporation and registered office

Measurement 
method

Novagen Pharma  
Pty Limited

31 March

100 Sovereign Drive, Nellmapius Drive, Irene 0157, Pretoria, South Africa

Equity

The Group has no commitments and there are no contingent liabilities relating to the Group’s interest in the joint 
venture.

Set out below is the aggregated summarised financial information for the Group’s joint ventures.

(In £m)

Summarised statement of financial position

2018

2017

Non-current assets

Cash and cash equivalents

Other current assets

Current liabilities

Net assets

Summarised income statement

Revenue

Profit after tax

Reconciliation of the summarised financial information to the carrying amounts in the  
joint ventures

Opening net assets

Profit for the year

Dividend paid

Cumulative currency gains

Closing net assets

Interest in joint ventures at 50%

Goodwill

Carrying value

15. INVENTORIES

(In £m)

Raw materials and consumables

Work in progress

Finished goods and goods for resale

1.9

0.2

3.6

(1.7)

4.0

14.7

1.6

8.3

1.6

(5.8)

(0.1)

4.0

2.0

4.6

6.6

2018

3.7

1.0

16.6

21.3

2.0

2.9

5.6

(2.2)

8.3

16.2

1.5

5.7

1.5

–

1.1

8.3

4.1

4.6

8.7

2017 

3.4

1.0

12.3

16.7

Inventory acquired in November 2017 as part of the acquisition of Quantum was fair valued at the acquisition date. The 
fair valuation resulted in an uplift of the carrying value of inventories of £1.4m which has been fully released during the 
year as all of the inventory has been sold.

The cost of inventories recognised as an expense and included in cost of sales amounted to £220.8m (2017: £167.2m).

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018102

16. TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

(In £m)

Trade receivables

Less: provision for impairment of trade receivables 

Trade receivables – net

Prepayments and accrued income

Payments made on account

Other receivables 

Total trade and other receivables

2018

75.6

(2.4)

73.2

10.7

4.4

7.6

95.9

2017 

59.8

(4.0)

55.8

6.2

0.5

3.4

65.9

When assessing for impairment, the credit risk of the client is taken into account when reviewing specific overdue 
balances. Due to the short-term nature of trade and other receivables, the book value approximates to their fair value 
save for where specific provision for impairment has been made. The past payment history with the customer is taken 
into account, where applicable.

The following table provides information on the movement in the provision for impairment in the year:

(In £m)

At 1 July

Acquisition of subsidiaries (note 28)

Utilised in respect of debts written off

Released to the income statement

Charged to the income statement

At 30 June

The ageing analysis of the net trade receivables balances is as follows:

(In £m)

Neither past due nor impaired

Up to 3 months

3 to 6 months

More than 6 months

17. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

(In £m)

Cash at bank and in hand

2018

4.0

0.3

(0.5)

(1.4)

–

2.4

2018

61.4

11.3

2.0

0.9

75.6

2017 

5.2

–

(0.6)

(1.0)

0.4

4.0

2017 

47.7

10.1

1.5

0.5

59.8

2018

36.3

2017 

27.8

Due to the short-term nature of cash at bank and short-term deposits, and as the credit risk has been adjusted for 
where required, the carrying value approximates to their value. The credit risk of the banks was very low and therefore 
the carrying amount has not been adjusted; their S&P credit ratings were RBS: BBB-, HSBC: A, ABSA: AA+ and JP 
Morgan: A-.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED18. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

(In £m)

Trade payables

Payments received on account

Tax and social security

Other payables

Accruals and deferred income

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

103

2018

2017

Current

69.6

0.8

3.6

0.5

29.1

2.9

–

106.5

Non-
current

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Current

54.8

1.1

1.2

1.6

19.5

2.9

37.6

118.7

Non-
current

–

–

–

–

–

1.3

–

1.3

Deferred consideration is payable in respect of the acquisition of the Foscavir product extension and is payable in stage 
payments.

Due to the short-term nature of current trade and other payables, the fair value approximates to their book value. 
Creditors are unsecured.

19. LOANS AND BORROWINGS
The book value of loans and borrowings are as follows:

(In £m)

Bank borrowings

2018

2017 (restated)

Current

Non-current 

Total

Current

Non-current 

–

172.8

172.8

8.6

54.2

Total

62.8

During the year, the Group’s bank facility was amended and extended in order to finance the Quantum acquisition.  
The fixed term loan was fully repaid and the revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) was increased from £95m to £200m and 
extended for five years to October 2022. Additionally, the Group exercised its option to further extend this facility by 
£20m to £220m for a period of 12 months ending October 2018.

The RCF element of the Group’s borrowings has been restated to reclassify it from current to non-current liabilities. The 
impact of this restatement is to decrease current liabilities and increase non-current liabilities by £36.9m. There is no 
impact on the consolidated income statement. The Group has the right to defer settlement of the debt up to the date of 
maturity of the facility which is greater than one year after the 30 June 2017 balance sheet date and therefore 
classification as non-current is considered to be the most appropriate presentation.

At 30 June 2018, £174.7m (2017: £36.9m) was borrowed against the RCF. There were no instances of default, including 
covenant terms, in either the current or the preceding year.

During the year, interest was payable on a tiered scale based on the level of borrowing. The applicable interest rate on 
amounts drawn down was up to 2.25% plus LIBOR. The bank facility outstanding at the year end was secured on the 
intangible fixed assets of the Group.

Subsequent to the year end, the debt facilities have been refinanced as part of the financing arrangements for the 
acquisition of CSM Parent, Inc. (see note 30). The new financing increases the debt facility from £220m to £300m and 
is extended to October 2023. The facility includes an unsecured £150m term loan with a single repayment in October 
2023 and an unsecured revolving credit facility of up to £150m.

Maturity of loans and borrowings
The maturity profile of the carrying amount of the Group’s borrowings at the year end was as follows:

(In £m)

Within 1 year

In more than 1 year but less than 2 years

In more than 2 years but less than 5 years 

2018

2017 (restated)

Gross 
borrowings

Unamortised 
issue costs 

Net
borrowings 

Gross
borrowings 

Unamortised 
issue costs

Net
borrowings 

–

–

174.7

174.7

–

–

(1.9)

(1.9)

–

–

172.8

172.8

9.0

9.0

45.9

63.9

(0.4)

(0.4)

(0.3)

(1.1)

8.6

8.6

45.6

62.8

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018104

19. LOANS AND BORROWINGS CONTINUED
Fair value of borrowings
The carrying amount and the fair value of the Group’s borrowings are as follows:

(In £m)

Bank borrowings

Carrying amount

Fair value

2018

174.7

2017 

63.9

2018

174.7

2017 

63.9

The fair values of the Group’s borrowings are within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Reconciliation of movements in net debt

(In £m)

At 1 July 2017

Increase in cash

Acquisition of subsidiaries (note 28)

Proceeds from increase in loan

Loan repayments

Amendment of facility

Amortisation of facility issue costs

Exchange differences

At 30 June 2018

Term loan

27.0

–

19.0

–

(19.0)

(27.0)

–

–

–

RCF

36.9

–

–

137.0

(26.0)

27.0

–

(0.2)

Unamortised 
issue costs

Total
borrowings

Cash and cash 
equivalents

Net debt

(1.1)

–

–

–

–

(1.4)

0.6

–

62.8

–

19.0

137.0

(45.0)

(1.4)

0.6

(0.2)

(27.8)

(8.8)

–

–

–

–

–

0.3

35.0

(8.8)

19.0

137.0

(45.0)

(1.4)

0.6

0.1

174.7

(1.9)

172.8

(36.3)

136.5

20. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – RISK MANAGEMENT
The Group is exposed through its operations to the following financial risks:

 – credit risk;
 – foreign exchange risk; and
 – liquidity risk.

In common with all other businesses, the Group is exposed to risks that arise from its use of financial instruments. 
This note describes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for managing those risks and the methods used 
to measure them. Further quantitative information in respect of these risks is presented throughout these financial 
statements.

Principal financial instruments
The principal financial instruments used by the Group, from which financial instrument risk arises, are as follows:

 – trade and other receivables;
 – cash and cash equivalents;
 – trade and other payables;
 – loans and borrowings; and
 – derivatives.

The Group does not issue or use derivative financial instruments of a speculative nature.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUEDA summary of the financial instruments held by category is provided below:

(In £m)

Loans and receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Assets at fair value through profit and loss

Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives used for hedging

Derivative financial instruments

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Derivatives used for hedging

Derivative financial instruments

Total financial liabilities

105

2018

2017 

36.3

85.2

–

–

121.5

102.9

174.7

27.8

56.8

0.1

0.9

85.6

118.8

63.9

0.5

–

278.1

182.7

Risk management
A description of the Group’s treasury policy and controls is included in the Financial Review on page 41.

Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or a counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet 
its contractual obligations. The Group is mainly exposed to credit risk from credit sales and payments made on account 
to suppliers. It is Group policy, implemented locally, to assess the credit risk of new customers by obtaining credit 
ratings before entering contracts or offering credit terms. The credit terms are then continually assessed on an 
individual basis, and amended accordingly, as a trading history is developed with the customer. Purchase limits are 
established for each customer, which represents the maximum open amount without requiring approval from the Group 
Financial Controller or Chief Financial Officer.

Quantitative disclosures of the credit risk exposure in relation to financial assets are set out below. Further disclosures 
regarding trade and other receivables at the end of the financial year, which are past due but not impaired, are provided 
in note 16.

(In £m)

Financial assets – maximum exposure

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade and other receivables

Derivative financial instruments

Total financial assets

2018

2017 

36.3

85.2

–

121.5

27.8

56.8

1.0

85.6

Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk arises because the Group has operations located in various parts of the world whose functional 
currency is not the same as the functional currency in which the Group companies are operating. The Group’s overseas 
subsidiaries contribute approximately 22% (2017: 25%) to the Group’s revenue, all of which is transacted in non-sterling 
currencies. The overseas subsidiaries operate separate bank accounts, which are used solely for that subsidiary, thus 
managing the currency in that country. The Group’s net assets arising from such overseas operations are exposed to 
currency risk resulting in gains or losses on retranslation into sterling.

Foreign exchange risk also arises when individual Group entities enter into transactions denominated in a currency 
other than their functional currency. The Group hedges currency transactions internally through currency bank 
accounts and by managing Group-wide currency requirements centrally. This reduces the currency risk exposure and 
allows retranslation of these balances into sterling to be planned in order to minimise the exposure to foreign exchange 
rate fluctuations. The Group uses forward contracts on large transactions where there is adequate visibility and the 
contract is not naturally hedged. This reduces the risk to fluctuating foreign exchange rates and permits the 
management better visibility and certainty of gross profit margins.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018106

20. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS – RISK MANAGEMENT CONTINUED
At the reporting date the Group had entered into time option contracts with the bank for US dollars, euros, Japanese 
yen, Hong Kong dollars and Australian dollars. These options all mature within 12 months of the reporting date. Forward 
exchange contracts are formally designated as hedges and hedge accounting is applied to the extent that the 
relationship between the hedged items and the hedging instrument allows it. Derivative financial instruments are 
carried at fair value. The mark-to-market valuation at the reporting date has been recognised in the balance sheet as a 
financial instrument asset or liability as appropriate.

The derivative financial instruments held by the Group are summarised as follows.

(In £m)

Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges

Forward foreign exchange contracts – held-for-trading

2018

2017

Assets

Liabilities

Assets

Liabilities

–

–

–

0.5

–

0.5

0.9

0.1

1.0

–

–

–

The notional principal amounts of the outstanding forward foreign exchange contracts at 30 June 2018 were US$36.7m 
and €7.7m (2017: US$25.8m).

The valuation of financial instruments at the reporting date is impacted by the foreign exchange rate at that date, 
primarily in respect of the US dollar and euro. At 30 June 2018 if sterling had weakened/strengthened by 10% against 
both the US dollar and euro with all variables held constant, profit for the year would have been £1.4m (2017: £0.5m) 
higher/lower as a result of foreign exchange gains/losses on translation of US dollar/euro trade receivables, cash and 
cash equivalents, and trade payables. The figure of 10% used for sensitivity analysis has been chosen because it 
represents a range of reasonable fluctuations in exchange rates.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises from the Group’s management of working capital and the finance charges and principal repayments 
on its debt instruments. It is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting its financial obligations as they 
fall due.

The Group’s policy is to ensure that it will always have sufficient cash to allow it to meet its liabilities when they  
become due.

The Board receives cash flow projections based on working capital modelling, as well as information regarding cash 
balances and net debt monthly. At the end of the financial year, these projections indicated that the Group expected  
to have sufficient liquid resources to meet its obligations under all reasonably expected circumstances.

The following table sets out the contractual maturities (representing undiscounted contractual cash flows) of financial 
liabilities:

(In £m)

At 30 June 2018

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

At 30 June 2017 (restated)

Trade and other payables

Borrowings

Less than
3 months

Between
3 months
and 1 year

Between
1 and 2
years

Between
2 and 5
years

101.5

–

78.5

2.2

1.5

–

40.2

6.8

–

–

1.5

9.0

–

174.7

–

45.9

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED107

Valuation hierarchy
The table below shows the financial instruments carried at fair value by valuation method:

(In £m)

Assets/(liabilities)

Derivative financial instruments – forward foreign 
exchange contracts

Contingent consideration

2018 
Level 1

2018 
Level 2

2018 
Level 3

2017 
Level 1

2017 
Level 2

2017 
Level 3

–

–

(0.5)

–

–

–

–

–

1.0

–

–

(37.6)

The Level 2 forward foreign exchange valuations are derived from mark-to-market valuations as at 30 June 2018. Fair 
value losses of £0.8m (2017: gains of £2.0m) relating to the movement on open forward foreign exchange contracts 
have been recognised in underlying administrative expenses. The Level 3 contingent consideration liability was the 
discounted amount payable in respect of the Link acquisition. The amount payable was calculated based on reported 
earnings of the Link Healthcare entities for the year ended 30 June 2017.

Capital management
The Group monitors ‘adjusted capital’ which comprises all components of equity (i.e. share capital, share premium 
account, merger reserve, foreign exchange reserve, hedging reserve and retained earnings) as disclosed in the 
statement of changes in equity and long-term debt as detailed in note 19.

The Group’s objectives when maintaining capital are:

 – to safeguard the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns for 

shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders; and

 – to ensure the Group has the cash available to develop the products and services provided by the Group in order to 

provide an adequate return to shareholders.

Pricing, sale and acquisition decisions are made by assessing the level of risk in relation to the expected return.

The Group sets the amount of capital it requires in proportion to risk. The Group manages its capital structure and 
makes adjustments to it in the light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying 
assets. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to 
shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.

Net debt is calculated as total borrowings (as detailed in note 19) less cash and cash equivalents.

21. DEFERRED INCOME TAX
The analysis of deferred income tax assets and liabilities is as follows:

(In £m)

Deferred tax assets:

Deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months

Deferred tax liabilities:

Deferred tax liabilities to be recovered after more than 12 months

Deferred tax liabilities within 12 months

2018

2017 

(2.6)

(3.6)

27.0

4.0

31.0

17.8

2.3

20.1

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018108

21. DEFERRED INCOME TAX CONTINUED
The gross movement on the deferred income tax account is as shown below:

Deferred tax liabilities
(In £m)

At 1 July 2016

Credited to the income statement

Exchange differences

At 30 June 2017

Acquisition of subsidiaries

Credited to the income statement

Exchange differences

At 30 June 2018

Deferred tax assets
(In £m)

At 1 July 2016

Credited/(charged) to the income statement

Credited direct to equity 

At 30 June 2017

Credited/(charged) to the income statement

Charged direct to equity 

At 30 June 2018

Fair  

value gains

22.2

(3.4)

1.3

20.1

15.0

(4.0)

(0.1)

31.0

Total

3.5

(0.1)

0.2

3.6

(0.9)

(0.1)

2.6

Unexercised 
share options

Tax losses

Timing
differences

0.8

0.2

0.2

1.2

0.3

1.2

(0.1)

–

1.1

1.5

(0.2)

–

1.3

(0.8)

(0.4)

(0.1)

1.4

–

0.3

–

0.9

Deferred income taxes are recognised for tax losses carried forward to the extent that the realisation of the related tax 
benefit through future taxable profits is probable. The Group did not recognise deferred income tax assets of £0.6m in 
respect of tax losses of £2.3m that can be carried forward against future taxable income.

Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using the enacted tax rate for the 
period when the temporary difference is expected to reverse. These rates are 19% for the period to 31 March 2020 and 
17% thereafter.

22. SHARE CAPITAL

Issued and fully paid

At 1 July 2016

Issue of new shares

At 30 June 2017

Issue of new shares

At 30 June 2018

(In £m)

Ordinary shares of 0.1p each

Number  
of shares 
 (‘000s)

Ordinary 
shares of 
0.1p each

114,601

553

115,154

7,132

122,286

2018

0.1

2017

0.1

During the year 6,849,264 shares were issued as consideration for the purchase of Quantum (see note 28), and a 
further 282,702 shares were issued to satisfy share options that were exercised.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED109

23. RESERVES
The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:

Reserve

Description and purpose

Share premium account

Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value, except where recognition 
in merger reserve is used (see below).

Merger reserve

Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value when shares are issued in 
exchange for at least a 90% interest in the shares of another company. 

Hedging reserve

Gains/losses arising on cash flow hedges.

Foreign exchange reserve

Gains/losses arising on retranslating the net assets of overseas operations into sterling.

Retained earnings

All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners (e.g. dividends) not 
recognised elsewhere.

The issue of new equity share capital on the acquisition of Quantum required the application of merger relief under the 
Companies Act 2006. As a result, the difference between the nominal value and fair value of shares issued has been 
recognised in the merger reserve.

Included within the retained earnings reserve as at 30 June 2018 is £4.2m (2017: £3.1m) relating to unexercised share 
options which is not distributable.

24. OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS
The total future value of minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases are:

(In £m)

Land and buildings:

In 1 year or less

Between 1 and 5 years

In 5 years or more

Other:

In 1 year or less

Between 1 and 5 years

2018

2017 

1.7

5.6

6.1

13.4

0.2

0.2

0.4

2.3

5.3

2.0

9.6

–

–

–

25. POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS
The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme for the benefit of its employees. The assets of the scheme 
are held separately from those of the Group in an independently administered fund. Pension costs represent the 
contributions payable by the Group to the funds and amounted to £1.1m (2017: £1.2m).

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018110

26. SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS
An equity-settled share-based payment charge of £2.1m (2017: £2.0m) has been recognised in the year.

The Company operated the following schemes:

Plan

Tax authority status

Employees 

Granting, vesting conditions and exercise of share options

Clinigen Group
Long-Term
Incentive Plan

Unapproved

All employees Subject to performance criteria comparing total shareholder 

Clinigen Group
Sharesave Plan

HMRC approved

All UK 
employees

return versus the FTSE Small Cap Index (excluding 
investment companies) over a 3 year period.

If the individual leaves earlier than the earliest vesting date, 
they may, if certain conditions are met, be still entitled to a 
proportion of the shares.

Options are exercisable at a price equal to the average 
opening price as published in the Financial Times on the date 
of invitation and the 2 dealing days preceding the date of 
invitation, less 20%.

3 year vesting period.

If options remain unexercised after a period of 6 months 
from the vesting date the options expire.

If monthly contributions are not made for more than 6 
months over the 3 year period, the options lapse. 

Options are granted to match the shares acquired by the 
employee or those granted through the initial grant under 
the Sharesave or US Stock Purchase Plan.

3 year vesting period.

Options vest if employee still owns shares in 3 years or 
exercises their options under the Sharesave or US Stock 
Purchase Plan.

Options are exercisable at a price equal to the average 
opening price as published in the Financial Times on the date 
of invitation and the 2 dealing days preceding the date of 
invitation, less 15%.

2 year vesting period.

Clinigen Group 
Company Share 
Option Plan 

HMRC approved for 
UK employees

Unapproved for 
US employees

All employees Options granted to employees who have invested in the 

shares of the Company.

Clinigen Group US 
Stock Purchase 
Plan

US tax authority  
approved

All US  
employees

Clinigen Group 
Long Term 
Incentive Plan 2015

Unapproved

All employees Subject to performance criteria comparing total shareholder 

return versus the FTSE Small Cap Index (excluding 
investment companies) over a 3 year vesting period 
and a performance condition measuring the EPS of the 
Group against target EPS over a 3 year period. For certain 
individuals, vesting is also subject to achievement of 
personal objectives.

If the individual leaves earlier than the earliest vesting 
date, entitlement is at the discretion of the Remuneration 
Committee.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED111

Clinigen Group All 
Staff Long Term 
Incentive Plan 

Unapproved

All employees Subject to performance criteria comparing total shareholder 

return versus the FTSE Small Cap Index (excluding 
investment companies) over a 3 year vesting period and 
a performance condition measuring the EPS of the Group 
against target EPS over a 3 year period.

If the individual leaves earlier than the earliest vesting date, 
their share option lapses.

Details of the share options outstanding are as follows:

Outstanding at 1 July

Granted during year

Forfeited during the year

Exercised during year

Outstanding at 30 June

2018

2017

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
(p)

Weighted 
average 
exercise price
(p)

Number

Number

1.26 1,831,000

1.47

1,717,199

0.27

0.43

0.56

592,171

(651,562)

(218,535)

0.76

1.56

0.96

824,147

(168,383)

(541,963)

1.35 1,553,074

1.26 1,831,000

Of the total number of options outstanding at 30 June 2018, 85,999 share options had vested (2017: 28,081).

The weighted average share price (at the date of exercise) of options exercised during the year was £10.79 (2017: £7.28).

The exercise price of options outstanding at 30 June 2018 ranged between £nil and £9.25 and their weighted average 
contractual life was 2 years 11 months.

The weighted average fair value of each option granted during the year was £8.77 (2017: £5.82).

The following information is relevant in the determination of the fair value of options granted during the year under the 
equity-settled share-based remuneration schemes operated by the Group. A stochastic valuation model is used to 
value awards with market-based conditions, and the Black-Scholes pricing model is used for all other schemes.

Weighted average share price at grant date (£)

Exercise price (£)

Weighted average contractual life (in years)

Expected volatility (%)

Expected dividend yield (%)

Risk-free interest rate (%)

2018

£11.09

2017

£7.54

£nil to £9.25

£nil to £7.37

2.9

31.1

N/A

0.5 to 0.8

2.9

34.4

0.4 to 0.5

0.2 to 0.35

Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company’s share price over the 
performance period immediately prior to the date of grant.

The Group did not enter into any share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees during the 
current or previous year.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018112

27. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Ultimate controlling party
The Company’s shares are listed on the Alternative Investment Market (‘AIM’) and are widely held. There is no one 
controlling party or group of related parties who have control of the Group.

Transactions with related parties
The remuneration payable to the Directors of the Company is disclosed in note 6.

Novagen Pharma Pty Limited (‘Novagen’) is a joint venture in which the Group has a 50% interest. During the year the 
Group charged distribution fees of £0.8m (2017: £0.9m) to Novagen, and recharged costs of £0.4m (2017: £0.4m) for 
goods and services provided. At 30 June 2018, the Group had a receivable of £0.1m owing from Novagen (2017: £nil).

There were no other transactions with related parties during the year.

28. BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
During the year, the Group settled the final contingent consideration for the acquisition of Link Healthcare of £38.7m 
in cash.

On 23 October 2017, the Group acquired the entire share capital of International Medical Management Corporation 
(‘IMMC’), Japan’s largest supplier of unlicensed medicines. In the period since acquisition, the IMMC gross profit 
was £1.2m.

On 1 November 2017, Clinigen Group plc acquired the entire diluted share capital of Quantum Pharma Holdings Limited 
(formerly known as Quantum Pharma plc), a company incorporated in the UK and previously listed on the Alternative 
Investment Market (AIM). This transaction provides the opportunity to strengthen Clinigen’s position as global leader in 
ethical access to medicines. The Quantum group extends Clinigen’s Unlicensed Medicines capability and will accelerate 
the Group’s UL2L global strategy. The acquisition also enables Quantum’s portfolio of commercial products to be 
internationalised through Clinigen’s global infrastructure.

The Group paid total consideration of £143.5m being a cash payment of £62.9m and an issue of 6,849,264 shares in 
Clinigen Group plc which had a fair value of £80.6m representing the market price on 31 October 2017. The 
consideration was paid in full to Quantum shareholders on the acquisition date. In order to fund the cash element of the 
consideration, an extension to the Group’s borrowing facilities was agreed as detailed in note 19.

The provisional fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed on the acquisition of Quantum are as follows:

(In £m)

Intangible assets

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Cash

Trade and other payables

Corporation tax liability

Borrowings

Provision for deferred tax

Net assets acquired

Goodwill arising on acquisition

Total consideration

Satisfied by:

Cash consideration paid

Consideration settled by shares in Clinigen Group plc

Quantum

77.1

3.5

4.8

14.2

6.8

(25.8)

(0.7)

(19.0)

(13.7)

47.2

96.3

143.5

62.9

80.6

143.5

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES FORMING PART OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED113

The fair value of the acquired identifiable intangible assets in Quantum consists of £9.3m attributable to brand, £29.4m 
attributable to customer relationships, and £38.0m attributable to trademarks and licences (including developed 
licences, out-licensing contracts, dossiers and licences under development). A related deferred tax liability of £13.5m 
has also been recognised. In IMMC, the only identifiable acquired intangible assets are customer relationships which 
have been valued at £4.3m with an associated £1.3m deferred tax liability. These values have been assessed by an 
independent third party valuation expert.

A fair value uplift to inventories of £1.4m was recognised on the Quantum acquisition in line with IFRS 3 (revised) 
together with an associated £0.3m deferred tax liability. This uplift was released in full to the income statement during 
the year as all of the inventory at acquisition has now been sold.

The loans and other borrowings assumed as part of the acquisition were repaid in full out of the Group’s existing 
facilities.

Goodwill represents the synergies, assembled workforces and future growth potential of the acquired businesses. 
The goodwill arising in the year of £97.9m is not deductible for tax purposes.

The revenue and loss before tax included in the consolidated income statement contributed by Quantum was £48.4m 
and £0.6m respectively. The loss in the year is after the charge for amortisation of acquired intangibles and adjustment 
for fair value of stock sold in the year.

On a pro forma basis, for the year ended 30 June 2018, the revenue and loss before tax of Quantum would be £72.5m 
and £12.6m respectively. The loss in the year is driven by the purchase of employee share options and other costs 
relating to the acquisition by Clinigen.

29. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
At 30 June 2018, the Group had committed £1.6m (2017: £3.6m) of expenditure for the design and implementation of 
the Oracle ERP system and £4.0m (2017: £nil) in respect of the technical transfers of owned products.

30. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
In July 2018, the Group acquired the global rights to Proleukin outside the United States from Novartis, and the global 
rights to Imukin from Horizon Pharma plc. 

On 26 September 2018, the Group reached an agreement to acquire 100% of the issued share capital of CSM Parent, 
Inc., a specialised provider of packaging, labelling, warehousing and distribution services from its locations in the US 
and continental Europe for an initial cash consideration of US$150m. Further contingent consideration of up to US$43m 
is payable in cash dependent on achieving EBITDA targets in the year ended 31 December 2019.

The Group is funding the acquisition and associated expenses through a refinancing of the Group’s existing debt 
facilities and an equity placing. The equity placing is targeting gross proceeds of approximately £80m.

On 26 September 2018, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of iQone Healthcare Holding (Suisse) SA, a 
privately owned specialty pharmaceutical business based in Switzerland. Initial consideration is €7.5m, made up of 
€5.0m in cash and €2.5m in new Clinigen shares, with additional potential contingent consideration based on the 
achievement of certain future EBITDA targets.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018114

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF CLINIGEN GROUP PLC
Report on the audit of the Parent Company financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion, Clinigen Group plc’s Parent Company financial statements (the ‘financial statements’):
 – give a true and fair view of the state of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 30 June 2018;
 – have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United 

Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, and applicable law); and

 – have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts 2018 (the ‘Annual Report’), 
which comprise: the company balance sheet as at 30 June 2018 and the statement of changes in equity for the year 
then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, which include a description of the significant accounting policies.

Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. 
Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
statements section of our report. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion.

Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of 
the financial statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we 
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.

Our audit approach
Overview

 – Overall materiality: £2.9m (2017: £0.9m), based on 0.5% of net assets.

 – We conducted a full scope audit of the company.

Materiality

 – Our assessment of the risk of material misstatement also informed our views on the area of 

particular focus for our work which related to the assessment of the carrying value of 
intangible assets.

Audit scope

Key audit
matters

The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the 
financial statements. In particular, we looked at where the Directors made subjective judgements, for example in 
respect of significant accounting estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that  
are inherently uncertain.

As in all of our audits we also addressed the risk of management override of internal controls, including evaluating 
whether there was evidence of bias by the Directors that represented a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.

Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the  
audit of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect  
on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. 
These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate 
opinion on these matters. This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018115

Key audit matter

How our audit addressed the key audit matter

Assessment of the carrying value of acquired 
intangible assets
Refer to the critical accounting estimates and judgements 
in note 2 and note 12 (intangible assets) to the 
consolidated financial statements.

We focused on this area because the Directors’ 
assessment of whether impairment triggers have been 
identified that could give rise to an impairment charge 
in relation to intangible assets, involved complex and 
subjective judgements and assumptions including the 
progress and future performance of individual products.

The Directors’ have prepared impairment assessment 
models which include a number of assumptions. The 
assumptions which are deemed to be the most significant 
in respect of these models are the revenue forecasts. 

For each separate intangible asset we focused on the key 
assumptions relating to future revenue forecasts, margin 
expectations and associated selling costs. We were able 
to evaluate the reasonableness of the Directors’ forecasts 
and expectations by corroborating evidence and assessing 
the margin and selling costs expected to be achieved 
by reference to historical margins realised, selling cost 
improvement plans and, where relevant, consideration of 
actual performance against prior year forecasts.

As a result of our audit work, we agreed with the Directors’ 
assessment that no impairment triggers for acquired 
intangible assets were identified. We consider that the 
associated judgements taken were supportable.

How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the 
financial statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the Parent Company, the accounting processes  
and controls, and the industry in which it operates. The Company is comprised of one component, and the Group 
engagement team performed a full scope audit over this component.

Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for 
materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the 
nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and  
in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial statements as a whole.

Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:

Overall materiality

How we determined it

£2.9m (2017: £0.9m).

0.5% of net assets.

Rationale for benchmark applied We believe that net assets are an appropriate basis for determining materiality  

as the Parent Company is not a profit orientated entity.

We agreed with the Audit Committee that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above 
£105,000 (2017: £45,000) as well as misstatements below that amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for 
qualitative reasons.

Conclusions relating to going concern
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters in relation to which ISAs (UK) require us to report to you 
when:
 – the Directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is not 

appropriate; or

 – the Directors have not disclosed in the financial statements any identified material uncertainties that may cast 

significant doubt about the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting for 
a period of at least 12 months from the date when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this statement is not a guarantee as to the 
Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018116

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF CLINIGEN GROUP PLC CONTINUED
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and  
our auditors’ report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial 
statements does not cover the other information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to  
the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.

In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing 
so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge 
obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency 
or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material misstatement 
of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based on the work we have 
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that 
fact. We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.

With respect to the Strategic Report and Report of the Directors, we also considered whether the disclosures required 
by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.

Based on the responsibilities described above and our work undertaken in the course of the audit, ISAs (UK) require 
us also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.

Strategic Report and Report of the Directors
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report 
and Report of the Directors for the year ended 30 June 2018 is consistent with the financial statements and has been 
prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.

In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Parent Company and its environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Report of the Directors.

Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the Directors for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Directors’ Responsibilities Statement set out on page 69, the directors are responsible 
for the preparation of the financial statements in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that 
they give a true and fair view. The Directors are also responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary 
to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or 
error.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing the Parent Company’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern 
basis of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have 
no realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. 
Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with 
ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: 
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditors’ report.

Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Parent Company’s members as a body in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these 
opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or 
into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018117

OTHER REQUIRED REPORTING
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
 – we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
 – adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not 

been received from branches not visited by us; or

 – certain disclosures of Directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
 – the financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.

We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.

OTHER MATTER
We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of Clinigen Group plc for the year ended 30 June 2018.

PAUL NORBURY BSC FCA (SENIOR STATUTORY AUDITOR)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
East Midlands
September 2018

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018118

COMPANY BALANCE SHEET AS AT 30 JUNE 2018

(In £m)

Assets

Non-current assets

Tangible fixed assets

Intangible fixed assets 

Investments

Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Debtors

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year

Loans and borrowings

Total current liabilities

Net current assets

Total assets less current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year

Loans and borrowings

Total non-current liabilities

Net assets

Capital and reserves

Called up share capital

Share premium account

Merger reserve

At 1 July

(Loss)/profit for the year attributable to the owners

Other changes in retained earnings

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

2018 

2017
(restated)

4

5

6

11

0.7

51.4

0.4

47.9

444.8

296.2

1.6

2.3

498.5

346.8

7

341.9

315.3

8

10

9

10

12

1.4

343.3

841.8

89.6

–

89.6

253.7

752.2

–

172.8

172.8

579.4

0.1

161.3

86.0

344.8

(8.7)

(4.1)

332.0

579.4

1.8

317.1

663.9

88.3

8.6

96.9

220.2

567.0

1.3

54.2

55.5

511.5

0.1

161.2

5.4

28.1

318.8

(2.1)

344.8

511.5

The financial statements on pages 118 to 127 were approved by the Board of Directors on 26 September 2018 and were 
signed on its behalf by:

S CHILTON 
Director 

M ABELL
Director

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018 
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

(In £m)

At 1 July 2017

Loss for the year

Share-based payment scheme

Deferred taxation on share-based payment scheme

Tax credit in respect of tax losses arising on exercise of share options

Dividend paid

Issue of new shares

Total contributions by, and distributions to, owners of the 
Company, recognised directly in equity

(In £m) 

At 1 July 2016

Profit for the year

Share-based payment scheme

Deferred taxation on share-based payment scheme

Tax credit in respect of tax losses arising on exercise of share options

Dividend paid

Issue of new shares

Total contributions by, and distributions to, owners of the 
Company, recognised directly in equity

At 30 June 2018

0.1

161.3

119

Share
capital 

Share 
premium 
account

Merger  
reserve 

Retained 
earnings

Total
equity 

0.1

161.2

5.4

344.8

511.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.1

0.1

–

–

–

–

–

80.6

80.6

86.0

(8.7)

2.1

(0.1)

0.2

(6.3)

–

(8.7)

2.1

(0.1)

0.2

(6.3)

80.7

(4.1)

76.6

332.0

579.4

Share
capital 

Share 
premium 
account

Merger  
reserve 

Retained 
earnings

0.1

160.7

5.4

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

0.5

0.5

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

Total
equity 

194.3

318.8

2.0

0.2

0.6

(4.9)

0.5

28.1

318.8

2.0

0.2

0.6

(4.9)

–

(2.1)

(1.6)

At 30 June 2017

0.1

161.2

5.4

344.8

511.5

The following describes the nature and purpose of each reserve within equity:

Reserve

Description and purpose

Share premium account

Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value, except where recognition 
in merger reserve is used (see below).

Merger reserve

Retained earnings

Amount subscribed for share capital in excess of nominal value when shares are issued in 
exchange for at least a 90% interest in the shares of another company. 

All other net gains and losses and transactions with owners (e.g. dividends) not 
recognised elsewhere.

The issue of new equity share capital on the acquisition of Quantum required the application of merger relief under the 
Companies Act 2006. As a result, the difference between the nominal value and fair value of shares issued has been 
recognised in the merger reserve.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018120

NOTES TO THE COMPANY BALANCE SHEET FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018
1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The financial statements of the Parent Company present information about the Company as a separate entity and not 
about its Group.

The accounting policies, set out in the consolidated financial statements, unless otherwise stated have been applied 
consistently to the period presented in these Company financial statements.

The Company financial statements have been prepared and approved by the Directors in accordance with FRS 101.

Basis of preparation
The Company financial statements are prepared on the going concern basis under the historical cost convention and in 
accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’. In preparing these financial 
statements, the Company applies the recognition, measurement and disclosure requirements of International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (‘Adopted IFRS’), but makes amendments where necessary in order to 
comply with Companies Act 2006. The financial statements are presented in sterling and all values are rounded to the 
nearest million pounds (‘£m’) except when otherwise stated.

No income statement is presented for the Company as permitted by Section 408(2) and (3) of the Companies Act 
2006. The loss for the year was £8.7m (2017: £318.8m). Fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and its associates for 
audit and non-audit services to the Company itself are not disclosed in the individual financial statements of Clinigen 
Group plc because the Group financial statements are required to disclose such fees on a consolidated basis (see note 
5.2 of the consolidated financial statements).

Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are recorded at historical cost, less any provision for impairment.

The Company has elected to apply the exemption in Section 408 of the Companies Act and has not presented its 
separate statement of comprehensive income and related notes. It has also taken advantage of the exemptions under 
FRS 101 not to disclose related party transactions entered into between two or more members of the Group and not to 
prepare a cash flow statement. The Company has elected not to prepare disclosures under IFRS 7 in accordance with 
the exemptions under FRS 101. The Company’s information relating to these disclosures are included within the 
consolidated financial statements of Clinigen Group plc.

Judgements made by the Directors in the application of these accounting policies that have significant effect on the 
financial statements, and estimates with a significant risk of material adjustment in the next year, are discussed in note 2 
of the consolidated financial statements.

2. STAFF COSTS

(In £m)

Staff costs (including Directors) comprise:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share-based payment expense

Other pension costs

Gross staff costs

Capitalised labour

Net staff costs

2018

7.0

1.3

2.1

0.2

10.6

(0.4)

10.2

2017
restated

8.2

1.7

2.0

0.2

12.1

(0.2)

11.9

Contracts of employment for UK staff across the Group are held by Clinigen Group plc. Employees are allocated to 
subsidiary companies as appropriate and the cost of the employees’ services is charged to the relevant subsidiary. 
The disclosures for staff costs and employee numbers relate to those employees which are not recharged to subsidiary 
entities.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018Employee numbers
The average monthly number of staff working for the Company during the financial year amounted to:

Number

Directors

Staff

121

2018

2

120

122

2017

2

110

112

Key management personnel compensation
Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and 
controlling the activities of the Company. This is considered to be the Board of Directors.

(In £m)

Directors’ remuneration included in staff costs:

Wages and salaries

Share-based payment expense

2018

2017

1.7

0.9

2.6

2.0

0.6

2.6

Total emoluments of directors (including pension contributions) amounted to £2.6m (2017: £2.6m). Information relating to 
directors’ emoluments, share options and pension entitlements is set out in the Remuneration Report on pages 58 to 67.

3. DIVIDENDS

(In £m)

Final dividend in respect of the year ended 30 June 2017 of 3.4p (2017: 2.7p) per ordinary share 

Interim dividend of 1.76p (2017: 1.6p) per ordinary share paid during the year 

2018

4.2

2.1

6.3

2017

3.1

1.8

4.9

The Board proposes to pay a final dividend of 3.84p per ordinary share on 30 November 2018, subject to approval at 
the AGM on 8 November.

4. TANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

(In £m)

Cost

At 30 June 2017

Additions

At 30 June 2018

Accumulated depreciation

At 30 June 2017

Charge for the year

At 30 June 2018

Net book value

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017

Leasehold 
improvement

Plant and 
machinery

Furniture, 
fittings and 
equipment

0.6

0.1

0.7

0.2

0.1

0.3

0.4

0.4

0.1

–

0.1

0.1

–

0.1

–

–

0.7

0.3

1.0

0.7

–

0.7

0.3

–

Total

1.4

0.4

1.8

1.0

0.1

1.1

0.7

0.4

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018122

5. INTANGIBLE FIXED ASSETS

(In £m)

Cost

At 30 June 2017

Additions

Disposals

At 30 June 2018

Accumulated amortisation

At 30 June 2017

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 30 June 2018

Net book value

At 30 June 2018

At 30 June 2017

6. INVESTMENTS

(In £m)

Cost or valuation

At 1 July 2016 and 30 June 2017

Additions

At 30 June 2018

Trademarks 
and licences

Computer 
software

Total

58.1

2.2

(3.3)

57.0

14.9

3.4

(3.3)

15.0

42.0

43.2

4.7

4.8

–

9.5

–

0.1

–

0.1

9.4

4.7

62.8

7.0

(3.3)

66.5

14.9

3.5

(3.3)

15.1

51.4

47.9

Investments 
in subsidiary 
companies

296.2

148.6

444.8

On 1 November 2017, the Company acquired the entire diluted share capital of Quantum Pharma Holdings Limited 
(formerly known as Quantum Pharma plc), a company incorporated in the UK and previously listed on the Alternative 
Investment Market (AIM). The Company paid total consideration of £143.5m being a cash payment of £62.9m and an 
issue of 6,849,264 shares which had a fair value of £80.6m representing the market price on 31 October 2017. The 
consideration was paid in full to Quantum shareholders on the acquisition date. In order to fund the cash element of the 
consideration, an extension to the Group’s borrowing facilities was agreed as detailed in note 10. During the year the 
Company made a capital injection of £5.1m into its subsidiary undertaking Clinigen Asia Pte. Limited in order to fund the 
acquisition of IMMC.

A full list of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings is presented in note 14. The Company directly holds interests in the 
whole of the issued share capital of the following undertakings.

Name

Country of incorporation

Clinigen Holdings Limited

Clinigen Asia Pte. Limited

UK

Singapore

Quantum Pharma Holdings Limited

UK

Nature of business

Holding company

Holding company

Holding company

All shareholdings in subsidiaries are owned 100% (2017: 100%) through the subsidiaries’ ordinary share capital.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES TO THE COMPANY BALANCE SHEET FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED7. DEBTORS

(In £m)

Amounts owed by Group undertakings

Prepayments and taxes receivable

8. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE WITHIN ONE YEAR

(In £m)

Trade creditors

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Tax and social security

Other creditors

Accruals and deferred income

Deferred consideration

Contingent consideration

123

2018

2017

339.1

314.6

2.8

0.7

341.9

315.3

2018

2.0

77.8

1.3

0.1

5.5

2.9

–

89.6

2017

1.1

40.8

1.1

0.2

4.6

2.9

37.6

88.3

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured, interest free, have no fixed date of repayment and are repayable 
on demand.

Deferred consideration is payable in respect of the acquisition of the Foscavir product extension and is payable in stage 
payments.

9. CREDITORS: AMOUNTS FALLING DUE AFTER MORE THAN ONE YEAR

(In £m)

Deferred consideration

10. LOANS AND BORROWINGS
The book value of loans and borrowings are as follows:

2018

–

–

2017

1.3

1.3

(In £m)

Bank borrowings

2018

Non-
current 

Total

Current

–

172.8

54.2

2017 (restated)

Non-
current 

8.6

Total

62.8

Current

172.8

During the year, the Group’s bank facility was amended and extended in order to finance the Quantum acquisition.  
The fixed term loan was fully repaid and the revolving credit facility (‘RCF’) was increased from £95m to £200m and 
extended for five years to October 2022. Additionally, the Group exercised its option to further extend this facility by 
£20m to £220m for a period of 12 months ending October 2018.

The RCF element of the Group’s borrowings has been restated to reclassify it from current to non-current liabilities. 
The impact of this restatement is to decrease current liabilities and increase non-current liabilities by £36.9m. There is 
no impact on the consolidated income statement. The Group has the right to defer settlement of the debt up to the 
date of maturity of the facility which is greater than one year after the 30 June 2017 balance sheet date and therefore 
classification as non-current is considered to be the most appropriate presentation.

At 30 June 2018, £174.7m (2017: £36.9m) was borrowed against the RCF. There were no instances of default, including 
covenant terms, in either the current or the preceding year.

During the year, interest was payable on a tiered scale based on the level of borrowing. The applicable interest rate on 
amounts drawn down was up to 2.25% plus LIBOR. The bank facility outstanding at the year end was secured on the 
intangible fixed assets of the Group.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018124

10. LOANS AND BORROWINGS CONTINUED
Subsequent to the year end, the debt facilities have been refinanced as part of the financing arrangements for the 
acquisition of CSM Parent, Inc. (see note 30). The new financing increases the debt facility from £220m to £300m 
and is extended to October 2023. The facility includes an unsecured £150m term loan with a single repayment in 
October 2023 and an unsecured revolving credit facility of up to £150m.

Maturity of loans and borrowings
The maturity profile of the carrying amount of the Group’s borrowings at the year end was as follows:

(In £m)

Within 1 year

In more than 1 year but less than 2 years

In more than 2 years but less than 5 years 

2018

2017 (restated)

Gross 
borrowings

Unamortised 
issue costs 

Net
borrowings 

Gross
borrowings 

Unamortised 
issue costs

Net
borrowings 

–

–

174.7

174.7

–

–

(1.9)

(1.9)

–

–

172.8

172.8

9.0

9.0

45.9

63.9

(0.4)

(0.4)

(0.3)

(1.1)

8.6

8.6

45.6

62.8

11. DEFERRED TAX
The movement on the deferred tax account is as shown below:

Deferred tax assets
(In £m)

At 1 July 2016

(Charge)/credit to the income statement

Credit recognised in equity

At 30 June 2017

(Charge)/credit to the income statement

Charge recognised in equity

At 30 June 2018

12. CALLED UP SHARE CAPITAL

Issued and fully paid

At 1 July 2016

Issue of new shares

At 30 June 2017

Issue of new shares

At 30 June 2018

(In £m)

Ordinary shares of 0.1p each

Losses

Unexercised 
share options

1.2

(0.1)

–

1.1

(0.9)

–

0.2

0.8

0.2

0.2

1.2

0.3

(0.1)

1.4

Total

2.0

0.1

0.2

2.3

(0.6)

(0.1)

1.6

Number  
of shares 
 (‘000s)

Ordinary 
shares of 
0.1p each

114,601

553

115,154

7,132

122,286

2018

0.1

2017

0.1

During the year 6,849,264 shares were issued as consideration for the purchase of Quantum (see note 6), and a further 
282,702 shares were issued to satisfy share options that were exercised.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES TO THE COMPANY BALANCE SHEET FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUED125

13. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT
The table below analyses the fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, into a fair value hierarchy based on the 
valuation technique used to determine fair value.

 – Level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
 – Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 

directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices)

 – Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs)

(In £m)

Liabilities

2018 
Level 1

2018 
Level 2

2018 
Level 3

2017 
Level 1

2017 
Level 2

2017 
Level 3

Contingent consideration

–

–

–

–

–

37.5

There have been no transfers between Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 during the year.

Fair values of financial instruments
The fair values of all financial assets and financial liabilities by class together with their carrying amounts shown in the 
balance sheet are as follows:

(In £m)

Loans and receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Debtors excluding prepayments (note 7)

Total loans and receivables

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Loans and borrowings

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year (note 8)

Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year (note 9)

Total financial liabilities measured at amortised cost

Total financial liabilities

Total financial instruments

Fair value 
2018

Carrying 
amount 
2018

Fair value 
2017

Carrying 
amount 
2017

1.4

339.1

340.5

340.5

1.4

339.1

340.5

340.5

1.8

314.6

316.4

316.4

1.8

314.6

316.4

316.4

(174.7)

(174.7)

(88.3)

(88.3)

–

–

(63.9)

(87.2)

(1.3)

(63.9)

(87.2)

(1.3)

(263.0)

(263.0)

(152.4)

(152.4)

(263.0)

(263.0)

(152.4)

(152.4)

77.5

77.5

164.0

164.0

Management considers that the carrying amount of financial assets and liabilities recognised at amortised cost in the 
financial statements approximate their fair value. The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the 
amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a 
forced or liquidation sale.

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Ultimate controlling party
The Company’s shares are listed on the Alternative Investment Market (‘AIM’) and are widely held. There is no one 
controlling party or group of related parties who have control of the Group.

Transactions with related parties
The remuneration payable to the Directors of the Company is disclosed in note 2.

There were no transactions with related parties, other than the Company’s subsidiaries, during the year or the 
preceding year.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018126

14. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS CONTINUED
Subsidiaries
The principal subsidiaries of Clinigen Group plc at each reporting date have been included in these consolidated 
financial statements.

Subsidiaries at the end of the reporting year were as follows:

Name

Clinigen Holdings Limited

Nature of business

Holding company

Clinigen International Holdings Limited

Holding company

Country of incorporation

UK1

UK1

Clinigen Healthcare Limited

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products UK1

Clinigen Clinical Trials Limited 

Idis Group Holdings Limited

Idis Group Limited

Idis Limited

Clinigen Inc.

Holding company 

Holding company

Holding company

UK1

UK1

UK1

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products UK1

Provision of business development services

Quantum Pharma Holdings Limited

Quantum Pharma 2014 Limited

Quantum Pharma Group Limited

Holding company

Holding company

Holding company

Quantum Pharmaceutical Limited

Manufacture and supply of pharmaceutical products UK 2

Pern Consumer Products Limited

Supply and distribution of body care products

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products UK 2

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products UK 2

Development of pharmaceutical and related 
products

UL Medicines Limited

Colonis Pharma Limited

Protomed Limited

Lamda Pharma Limited

Lamda UK Limited

Lamda Laboratories SA

Lamda Pharma SA

Holding company

Development of pharmaceutical and related 
products

Development of pharmaceutical and related 
products

Development of pharmaceutical and related 
products

USA

UK 2

UK 2

UK 2

UK 2

UK 2

UK 2

UK 2

Greece

Greece

Netherlands

Singapore

Clinigen Healthcare B.V.

Clinigen Asia Pte. Limited

Holding company

Holding company

Link Healthcare Singapore Pte. Limited

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products Singapore

Link Healthcare KK

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products Japan

Clinigen KK

IMMC

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products Japan

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products Japan

Link Healthcare Sdn Bhd

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products Malaysia

Link Healthcare Hong Kong Limited

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products Hong Kong

Link Healthcare (Pty) Limited

Holding company

Australia

Link Medical Products (Pty) Limited

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products Australia

Link Pharmaceuticals Limited

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products New Zealand

Clinigen South Africa (Pty) Limited

Holding company

South Africa

Homemed Pty Limited

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products South Africa

Equity Pharmaceuticals (Pty) Limited

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products South Africa

Equity Medical Technologies (Pty) Limited

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products South Africa

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES TO THE COMPANY BALANCE SHEET FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUEDName

Nature of business

Country of incorporation

Equipharm Specialised Distribution (Pty) 
Limited

Supply and distribution of pharmaceutical products South Africa

127

Quantum Specials Trustee Limited

Corporate trustee

Clinigen Consulting Limited

Idis MA Limited

Idis GA Limited

Clinigen CTS Limited 

Clinigen GAP Limited

Clinigen SP Limited 

Keats Healthcare Limited

Clinigen Pharma Limited

Quantum Specials Limited

Nupharm Group Limited

Nupharm Laboratories Limited

Clinigen CTS Inc.

Clinigen GAP Inc.

PMIP (Pty) Limited

Link Holding 1 (Pty) Limited

Link Holding 2 (Pty) Limited

Plurilinx (Pty) Limited

Chloromix (Pty) Limited

Idis Pharma Private Limited

Country of incorporation Registered office

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

UK 2

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK1

UK 2

UK 2

UK 2

USA

USA

Australia

Australia

Australia

South Africa

South Africa

India

UK1

UK 2

UK3

USA

Pitcairn House, Crown Square, Centrum 100, Burton-on-Trent, Staffordshire, DE14 2WW

Quantum House, Hobson Industrial Estate, Burnopfield, Co Durham, NE16 6EA

Unit 3, Ardane Park, Phoenix Avenue, Green Lane Industrial Estate, Featherstone, WF7 6EP

790 Township Line Road, Suite 120, Yardley, PA 19067

Singapore

133 Cecil Street, #13-03 Keck Seng Tower, 069535

Japan

Malaysia

1-16-3, Nihonbashi, Chuo-Ku, Tokyo, 103-0027

Upper Penthouse, Wisma RKT, No. 2 Jalan Raja Adbullah, 50300 Kuala Lumpur

Hong Kong

Room 1901, 19/F, Lee Garden One, 33 Hysan Avenue, Causeway Bay

Australia

5 Apollo Street, Warriewood NSW 2102

New Zealand

RSM New Zealand, Ford Building, 86 Highbrook Drive, Highbrook, Auckland 2013

South Africa

100 Sovereign Drive, Nellmapius Drive, Irene 0157, Pretoria

Netherlands

WTC Schiphol Airport, D Tower, 11th floor, Schiphol Boulevard 359, 1118 BJ Amsterdam Schiphol

Greece

India

59, Ioannou Metaxa str., 19400 Koropi

302, 3rd Floor, A-Wing, Rutu Business Park, Thane West, Mumbai 400606

All shareholdings in subsidiaries are owned 100% (2017: 100%) through the subsidiaries’ ordinary share capital.

15. CAPITAL COMMITMENTS 
At 30 June 2018, the Company had committed £1.6m (2017: £3.6m) of expenditure for the design and implementation 
of the Oracle ERP system and £4.0m (2017: £nil) in respect of the technical transfers of owned products.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC  ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018128

16. POST BALANCE SHEET EVENTS
On 26 September 2018, the Group reached an agreement to acquire 100% of the issued share capital of CSM Parent, 
Inc., a specialised provider of packaging, labelling, warehousing and distribution services from its locations in the US 
and continental Europe for an initial cash consideration of US$150m. Further contingent consideration of up to US$43m 
is payable in cash dependent on achieving EBITDA targets in the year ended 31 December 2019.

The Group is funding the acquisition and associated expenses through a refinancing of the Group’s existing debt 
facilities and an equity placing. The equity placing is targeting gross proceeds of approximately £80m.

On 26 September 2018, the Group acquired 100% of the share capital of iQone Healthcare Holding (Suisse) SA, a 
privately owned specialty pharmaceutical business based in Switzerland. Initial consideration is €7.5m, made up of 
€5.0m in cash and €2.5m in new Clinigen shares, with additional potential contingent consideration based on the 
achievement of certain future EBITDA targets.

OVERVIEW STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSCLINIGEN GROUP PLC ANNUAL REPORT AND ACCOUNTS 2018NOTES TO THE COMPANY BALANCE SHEET FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 CONTINUEDCOMPANY INFORMATION

Clinigen Group plc is a public limited company, incorporated and registered in the UK with company number 06771928.

Directors
S Chilton
M Abell
P Allen (Independent Non-Executive Chairman)
J Hartup (Senior Independent Non-Executive)
I Nicholson (Independent Non-Executive)
A Hyland (Independent Non-Executive)

Company Secretary and registered office
A Miller
Pitcairn House
Crown Square
Centrum 100
Burton-on-Trent
Staffordshire
DE14 2WW

ADVISER AND INVESTOR CONTACTS

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Donington Court
Pegasus Business Park
Herald Way
East Midlands
DE74 2UZ 

Nominated adviser
Numis Securities Limited
The London Stock Exchange Building
10 Paternoster Square
London EC4M 7LT

Joint brokers
Numis Securities Limited
The London Stock Exchange Building
10 Paternoster Square
London EC4M 7LT

RBC Capital Markets LLC
Thames Court
One Queenhithe
London EC4V 3DQ

C

L

I

N

I

G

E

N

G

R

O

U

P

P

L

C

A

n

n

u

a

l

R

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

A

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

1

8

Clinigen Group plc
Pitcairn House
Crown Square
Centrum 100
Burton‑on‑Trent
Staffordshire
DE14 2WW

T: 01283 495010
F: 01283 495011
E: info@clinigengroup.com

www.clinigengroup.com